Method Of Treating, Reducing, Or Alleviating A Medical Condition In A Patient

ABSTRACT

A method of treating, reducing, or alleviating a medical condition in a patient is disclosed herein. The method includes administering to a patient in need thereof a biocompatible drug comprising one or more antiviral medications together with one or more cell pathway inhibitors dissolved in a non-toxic semifluorinated alkane, the patient having one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, the one or more cell pathway inhibitors blocking an inflammatory response of inflamed tissue without inhibiting an immune response of the patient, and the semifluorinated alkane evaporating quickly upon administration to the patient so as to leave the biocompatible drug at a desired treatment location. The administration of the biocompatible drug to the patient treats the one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, reduces the symptoms associated with the one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, and/or alleviates one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This patent application claims priority to U.S. Provisional PatentApplication No. 62/839,738, entitled “Method Of Treating, Reducing, OrAlleviating A Medical Condition In A Patient”, filed on Apr. 28, 2019,and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63/016,258, entitled“Treatment Methods For Respiratory Infections”, filed on Apr. 27, 2020,and is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 16/246,618,entitled “Methods For Treatment Of Dry Eye And Other Acute Or ChronicInflammatory Processes”, filed Jan. 14, 2019, which claims priority toU.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/617,251, entitled “MethodsFor Treatment Of Dry Eye And Other Acute Or Chronic InflammatoryProcesses”, filed on Jan. 14, 2018, and is a continuation-in-part ofapplication Ser. No. 15/816,140, entitled “Drug Delivery Implant And AMethod Using The Same”, filed Nov. 17, 2017, which claims priority toU.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/423,734, entitled “DrugDelivery Implant And A Method Using The Same”, filed on Nov. 17, 2016,and Ser. No. 15/816,140 is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.No. 15/653,053, entitled “Corneal Intraocular Pressure Sensor And ASurgical Method Using The Same”, filed Jul. 18, 2017, which claimspriority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/363,382, entitled“Corneal Intraocular Pressure Sensor And A Surgical Method Using TheSame”, filed on Jul. 18, 2016, and Ser. No. 15/653,053 is acontinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 15/631,219, entitled“Method of Prevention of Capsular Opacification and Fibrosis AfterCataract Extraction and/or Prevention of Fibrosis Around a Shunt orStent After Glaucoma Surgery”, filed Jun. 23, 2017, which claimspriority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/353,632, entitled“Method of Prevention of Capsular Opacification and Fibrosis AfterCataract Extraction and/or Prevention of Fibrosis Around a Shunt orStent After Glaucoma Surgery”, filed on Jun. 23, 2016, and Ser. No.15/631,219 is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 15/285,375,entitled “Method of Preventing Capsular Opacification and FibrosisUtilizing an Accommodative Intraocular Lens Implant”, filed Oct. 4,2016, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,744,029, which claims priority to U.S.Provisional Patent Application No. 62/360,439, entitled “Method ofPreventing Capsular Opacification and Fibrosis with the Creation of anAccommodative Intraocular Lens”, filed on Jul. 10, 2016, and Ser. No.15/285,375 is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 15/230,445,entitled “Corneal Lenslet Implantation With A Cross-Linked Cornea”,filed Aug. 7, 2016, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,937,033, which claims priorityto U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/360,281, entitled “Methodof Altering the Refractive Properties of an Eye”, filed on Jul. 8, 2016,and Ser. No. 15/230,445 is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.No. 14/709,801, entitled “Corneal Transplantation With A Cross-LinkedCornea”, filed May 12, 2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,427,355, which claimspriority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/991,785, entitled“Corneal Transplantation With A Cross-Linked Cornea”, filed on May 12,2014, and to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/065,714,entitled “Corneal Transplantation With A Cross-Linked Cornea”, filed onOct. 19, 2014, the disclosure of each of which is hereby incorporated byreference as if set forth in their entirety herein.

STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT

Not Applicable.

NAMES OF THE PARTIES TO A JOINT RESEARCH AGREEMENT

Not Applicable.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF MATERIAL SUBMITTED ON A COMPACT DISK

Not Applicable.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention

The invention generally relates to methods of treating, reducing, oralleviating a medical condition in a patient. More particularly, theinvention relates to combination therapy for the treatment of variousmedical conditions, which include respiratory infections.

2. Background

Corneal scarring is a major cause of blindness, especially in developingcountries. There are various causes for corneal scarring, which include:bacterial infections, viral infections, fungal infections, parasiticinfections, genetic corneal problems, Fuch's dystrophy, and othercorneal dystrophies. A corneal transplant is often required if thecorneal scarring is extensive, and cannot be corrected by other means.However, there can be major complications associated with a cornealtransplant, such as corneal graft rejection wherein the transplantedcornea is rejected by the patient's immune system.

A normal emmetropic eye includes a cornea, a lens and a retina. Thecornea and lens of a normal eye cooperatively focus light entering theeye from a far point, i.e., infinity, onto the retina. However, an eyecan have a disorder known as ametropia, which is the inability of thelens and cornea to focus the far point correctly on the retina. Typicaltypes of ametropia are myopia, hypermetropia or hyperopia, andastigmatism.

A myopic eye has either an axial length that is longer than that of anormal emmetropic eye, or a cornea or lens having a refractive powerstronger than that of the cornea and lens of an emmetropic eye. Thisstronger refractive power causes the far point to be projected in frontof the retina.

Conversely, a hypermetropic or hyperopic eye has an axial length shorterthan that of a normal emmetropic eye, or a lens or cornea having arefractive power less than that of a lens and cornea of an emmetropiceye. This lesser refractive power causes the far point to be focusedbehind the retina.

An eye suffering from astigmatism has a defect in the lens or shape ofthe cornea converting an image of the point of light to a line.Therefore, an astigmatic eye is incapable of sharply focusing images onthe retina.

While laser surgical techniques, such as laser-assisted in situkeratomileusis (LASIK) and photorefractive keratectomy (PRK) are knownfor correcting refractive errors of the eye, these laser surgicaltechniques have complications, such as post-operative pain and dry eye.Also, these laser surgical techniques cannot be safely used on patientswith corneas having certain biomechanical properties. For example,corneal ectasia may occur if these laser surgical techniques are appliedto patients having thin corneas (e.g., corneas with thicknesses that areless than 500 microns).

Therefore, what is needed is a method for corneal transplantation thatreduces the likelihood that the implanted cornea will be rejected by thepatient. Moreover, a method is needed for corneal transplantation thatis capable of preserving the clarity of the transplanted cornea.Furthermore, there is a need for a method of corneal transplantationthat reduces the likelihood that the transplanted cornea will be invadedby migrating cells. Also, what is needed is a method for corneal lensletimplantation for modifying the cornea to better correct ametropicconditions. In addition, a method is needed for corneal lensletimplantation that prevents a lens implant from moving around inside thecornea once implanted so that the lens implant remains centered aboutthe visual axis of the eye.

Moreover, many cataract patients experience complications followingtheir cataract surgery. For example, opacification of the lens capsuleaffects about 80-90% of the eyes after cataract surgery because ofproliferation of the remaining cells in the lens capsule. Thispost-surgery opacification requires a laser disruption of the posteriorcapsule for the patient to see. Also, conventional monofocal intraocularlenses do not permit accommodation. As such, patients with monofocalintraocular lenses typically require reading glasses after cataractsurgery.

Therefore, it is apparent that a need also exists for treatment of cellproliferation of the lens capsule after cataract extraction, and for anaccommodative intraocular lens implant that enables the cataract patientto see both far and near objects without the need for supplementallenses, such as reading glasses.

Furthermore, cataract patients who additionally have glaucoma posedifficult challenges for the treating ophthalmologist. When glaucoma isassociated with a cataract in the same patient, the two surgeries mustoften be performed at the same time. However, unfortunately, bothconditions can have their own complications. For example, as mentionedabove, opacification of the lens capsule affects about 80-90% of theeyes after cataract surgery because of proliferation of the remainingcells in the lens capsule. This post-surgery opacification requires alaser disruption of the posterior capsule for the patient to see.Similarly, after glaucoma surgery, the connecting hole from the eye tothe subconjunctival space may become plugged by fibrous proliferationoccurring after surgery in an attempt to reject the shunt after thesurgery or even a shunt in place, as a response of the surgicalprocedure creating a hole in the eye wall to drain the intraocularfluid.

Therefore, it is apparent that a need further exists for treatment ofcell proliferation of the lens capsule after cataract extraction, andfor treatment of fibrous cell proliferation after glaucoma surgery withor without a drainage tube.

Glaucoma is a disease that affects the eye and is considered one of themajor causes of blindness in the world. There are many forms ofglaucoma, having different pathogenesis. Among these are open angleglaucoma (OAG) where the anterior chamber located between the cornea andthe iris is open, closed angle glaucoma where the anterior chamber angleis closed, and secondary glaucoma caused by different etiologies, butoften an inflammatory process proceeds its occurrence. The glaucoma canbe congenital or acquired, and some have genetic predisposition.Regardless of its pathogenesis, the hallmark of the disease is mostly anincreased intraocular pressure (IOP), except for in the low tensionglaucoma where the IOP appears to be normal, but the patient has theother symptoms of glaucoma. The other characteristic findings inglaucoma eyes are the cupping of the optic nerve head, and the loss ofthe nerve fiber layer of the retina and ganglion cells of the retina.These can lead to, or can also be considered a consequence of adegenerative process affecting potentially the retinal ganglion cellsand an imbalance of the IOP and intracranial pressure leading to gradualloss of the visual field that can be constricted with time or completelylost resulting in blindness.

There are many treatment modalities in managing the disease processes.Since the IOP is, in most cases, elevated beyond a normal level of 10-20mmHg, routine checking of the IOP including potentially a 24-hour ormore measuring of these values during the day and night is needed tofind out if there are any pressure variations during the course of theday, especially during sleep where the IOP generally is raised. Thesepressure variations can obviously compromise the retinal nerves andcirculation, even if the pressure is within a normal range of 10-20mmHg, such as in patients with low tension glaucoma. Thus far, themeasurement of the IOP has been sporadic because it is limited by apatient's visit to the doctor's office.

The treatment for glaucoma has been mostly medicinal, that is byapplying antiglaucoma medication(s) as eye drops to reduce theintraocular pressure. If the IOP cannot be controlled, either by lasersurgery of the angle or ciliary body processes where the fluid isproduced, then alternatively, one tries to drain the intraocular fluidto outside of the eye through a stent or shunt opening with one end inthe anterior chamber and the other end located in the subconjunctivalspace or connecting the intraocular fluid via a shunt tube from theinside the eye to the choroidal space. In some situations, the surgeonmakes a small hole in the eye wall connecting the anterior chamber fluidor aqueous directly to the subconjunctival space. There are a number ofvariations of this surgery having the same goal of reducing the IOP to anormal level. The glaucoma can also be associated with a cataract andnot seldom requires doing the two surgeries at the same time. However,unfortunately both conditions can have their own complications (e.g.,opacification of the lens capsule after cataract surgery affecting about80-90% percent of the eyes because of proliferation of the remainingcells in the lens capsule, and requiring a laser disruption of theposterior capsule for the patient to see). Similarly, after glaucomasurgery, the connecting hole from the eye to the subconjunctival spacecan become plugged by fibrous proliferation occurring after surgery withor without a shunt tubing.

Recently, efforts have been made experimentally to measure theintraocular pressure via a contact lens positioned on the surface of thecornea for a duration of 24 hours with a pressure sensor and transmitthe information wirelessly to a receiver mounted on an eye glass frame.The disadvantage of this contact lens system is that the system providesthe measurement of the IOP indirectly from the eye cavity and depends onhow the corneal curvature is deformed in response to the IOP. Also, thecontact lens can be worn only for a short time because, otherwise it caninterfere with the corneal oxygenation that happens mostly from theoutside air and nutrition of the cornea that is, in part, supplied bythe tear film that is compromised by placement of a static contact lenson the cornea. The chances of a corneal abrasion is increased by thedescribed shortcomings, and for the patient, the placement and removalof the contact lens is particularly difficult in elderly patients.

Another recent effort has implanted such a system inside the lenscapsule of the eye, by removing the natural crystalline lens, butleaving the lens capsule intact so that the device can be positionedinside the lens capsule and measure the IOP, and then transmit itoutside the eye to a receiver. Because the system disposed in the lenscapsule requires a battery to operate, the eventual need to replace thebattery necessitates another surgical procedure to be performed later.Also, the initial surgical procedure has its own serious complications,and often is not justified when one is dealing with young patients orchildren. In addition, this process creates capsular opacification, itdeprives the patient from the use of his or her natural lens, and canhave the lifelong potential complication of inflammation that aggravatesthe existing glaucoma itself.

Therefore, it is apparent that a need further exists for an intraocularpressure measurement device and a method using the same that eliminatesthe shortcomings of the aforedescribed procedures.

Further, conventional ocular drug delivery systems include medicationdissolved or suspended in a physiological solutions applied as drops tothe cornea and conjunctiva bathing the superficial structure of the eye.The drops can have also particulate matter for faster tissue penetrationor slow release of medication potentially lasting 1-2 days or months,etc. The medication, when applied as drops, partially penetrates thebarrier of the corneal epithelium and reaches in sufficientconcentration in the aqueous fluid of the anterior chamber. The aqueousis constantly produced in the eye from the ciliary body epithelium inthe back or the iris in the posterior chamber and moves through thepupil in the anterior chamber, and is removed from the eye through thetrabecular meshwork located in the angle of the eye between the iris andthe cornea. A part of the aqueous mixes with the vitreous. In general,topically-applied medication reaches the back of the eye in lowerconcentrations and slower than when injected in the vitreous cavity.

The injection of medication in the eye cavity, in the form of solutionor micro-particulates, can bypass the ocular barrier and effectivelytreat the retinal and choroidal diseases, for months. Therefore, theyhave to be reinjected frequently in chronic disease of the eye.

The polymeric slow release systems release the medication inside the eyeand have been implanted in the vitreous cavity, over or under theretina, providing medication only to the back of the eye for a period of3 months to a year.

In general, a drug delivery device has been implanted in most places ofthe eye, except in the cornea. A non-biodegradable device can beinjected in the vitreous cavity if they are very small otherwise, theycan move around scratching the retina or move to the anterior chamberdamaging the corneal endothelial cells. However, they can be sutured inthe sclera with their anchoring section, while the drug delivery sectionis located inside the eye, i.e., in the vitreous cavity to release themedication.

These devices, in general, initiate a foreign body response associatedwith fibroblast cell migration around the device, and the device becomesencapsulated, making the amount of drug release unpredictable throughthe thick fibrotic scar tissue.

Similarly, stem cellular drug delivery devices, such as ciliary bodyneurotrophic factors that produce needed factors for the retinalsurvival in certain degenerative diseases can be only be implantedinside the vitreous cavity where it is considered an immune-privilegedspace. Otherwise, it becomes encapsulated by the scar tissue and becomeless effective. The vitreous cavity is considered an immune privilegedspace meaning that blood vessels have no access to it to produce acellular immune response that would attack and destroy the stem cells orsurround a device with a fibrous membrane which would make the systemuseless.

To date, in general, the cornea has not been considered a suitablelocation to implant a slow release drug delivery device because ofconcern that it becomes vascularized affecting the transparency ofcornea, which is vital for passing the light through it to reach thephotoreceptors of the retina creating sensation of vision.

Therefore, it is apparent that a need exists for a drug delivery implantand a method using the same that is capable of effectively deliveringmedications to the cornea of the eye and to parts of the body other thanthe cornea of the eye.

Further, it is known that on the cell surface membrane, Wnt proteinsbind to receptors of the Frizzled and LRP protein families causingaccumulation of beta-catenin in the cytoplasm and its translocation inthe nucleus that forms a complex with transcriptional cofactor (TCF) toactivate the transcription of Wnt targeted genes.

The Wnt pathway is considered canonical when it is dependent onbeta-catenin, or non-canonical when it is independent. The canonicalWnt/β-catenin plays an important role in the expression of severalinflammatory molecules during acute or chronic inflammatory diseasesaffecting mucosal surfaces of the body.

It is known that innate immunity protects the host cells from invasionand infection and development of an adaptive immune response. However,uncontrolled inflammation causes damage to the tissue.

Conventional oral medication or topical medications used for the mucosahave contained steroids, systemic medication, such as hormonal therapyand or omega-3 oil along with systemic medications, have unwanted sideeffects and are not tolerated by many patients.

As such, an improved treatment method is needed for an inflammatoryprocess that involves the conjunctiva, sclera, optic nerve, nasal, oraland throat including dry eye syndrome, mucosal form of lichen planus,psoriasis, and inflammatory bowel diseases, plantar fasciitis, skin formof lichen planus or chronic pain caused by inflammatory diseaseaffecting the nerves such as in diabetes or after surgery or trauma,etc.

Respiratory infections also involve inflammatory processes. Respiratoryinfections are mostly manifested as bacterial or viral infectionsaffecting the nose, throat, epiglottis, trachea, and the lungs. Oftenthese infections in the end stage can cause serious damage to the lungsas pneumonia and superinfection and serious consequences.

In an upper respiratory Infection (URI), the bacterial culprit is groupA streptococcal bacteria producing sinusitis and or bronchitis. Thecommon symptoms are redness of the throat and tonsils and moderatelyelevated temperature of about 38 degrees C. and enlarged cervical nodes.One of the symptoms of laryngotracheitis is roughness of the voice, etc.and positive culture of the organism.

The viral infection is caused often by influenza virus, Epstein Barrvirus, Herpes virus, etc. and can be diagnosed by available rapid testsfor antibody or polymerase chain reaction (PCR) viral proteins (e.g.,enzyme assays for reverse transcriptase in retroviruses), or virusparticles (e.g., by electron microscopy or Raman surface enhancespectroscopy, QuantiFERON-virus Gold test (QFV-G) and Surface-enhancedRaman scattering (SERS) detection of multiple viral antigens usingmagnetic capture of SERS-active nanoparticles as known in the art). In ahospitalized patient, a blood culture might be taken to verify theextent of the systemic involvement. Management of these cases is done ingeneral by oral and systemic antibiotics, penicillin, fluoroquinolones(e.g., levofloxacin, moxifloxacin etc.). Hospitalization might berequired in advanced cases affecting the lung with the symptom ofdyspnea. The viral infection of the upper respiratory tract is caused bya variety of viruses, among them, the most common are Rhinoviruses,Coxsackie viruses, Adenoviruses and Coronaviruses and Respiratorysyncytial virus (RSV) and Epstein Barr Virus (EBV) causing a varietydisease manifestations, such as infectious mononucleosis, orCytomegalovirus. Rhinoviruses cause a number of common cold infectionsin adults and are seasonal, appearing in fall and winter. These causeapproximately 30-50% of colds in adults. The Adenovirus causesconjunctivitis and laryngitis. H. influenzae type b (Hib) often causesepiglottitis in children, whereas influenza, Human parainfluenza viruses(HPIVs) viruses and RSV cause laryngitis and some cause pelvicinflammatory diseases of various types. Most of the viral infections areinitiated by close contact, travel, or in patients with immunesuppression. In general vaccination can reduce a number of theseinfections. Some viruses are seen more often in male patients thanfemales, or during menstrual cycles etc. and some with preference inchildren, yet others in the elderly. Some of the viruses produceepidemic diseases such as Middle East respiratory syndrome, pandemicH1N1, and H7N9, thus affecting a large number of the population and canbe diagnosed by diagnosed by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) panels,etc. Therapy with antibiotics are useless in majorities of viralinfections unless it is accompanied by a bacterial superinfection. Theantiviral therapies are effective, such as administration of ribavirinin lung transplant patients; however, they are not affordable for commonviral infections or Motavizumab, a second-generation anti-RSV antibody,or intravenous immunoglobin (RI-002).

Although influenza and parainfluenza viruses are often self-limited,unfortunately they can be associated with life threatening consequencesin patients after lung transplantation or immunosuppressed patients, andmay have a high mortality rate similar to RSV disease, and 20% ofpatients with COVID-19 have multi-organ failure due to cytokine storm.

Among viruses that cause epidemic or pandemic disease are severe acuterespiratory syndrome coronavirus (2SARS-CoV-2) and COVID-19 an RNA virusinvolving bird and mammals which was found initially in the WuhanSeafood Wholesale market. By now COVID-19 has affected every country inevery continent. It is a highly contagious virus and survives 3-7 hours,and sometimes more hours on surfaces.

The COVID-19 coronavirus affects the bronchoalveolar cell linings asseen with other Coronaviruses. The viruses utilize certain proteaseproteins of these cells membrane to enter in the cell cytoplasm andutilize the genetic machinery of the cell to multiply. The incubationtime varies between 3-7 days or more, while the patient remainsrelatively asymptomatic. The transmission occurs by contact oraerosolized droplet sputum by sneezing or being close (less than 6 feet)from an infected person. Thus, one person can transmit the virus to manyothers. In addition, many patients who have recovered can still transmitthe virus to others. At present, at least six or more different coronalviruses have been recognized. Among these are SARS-CoV coronaviruscausing severe acute respiratory syndrome or MERS-CoV Middle Easternrespiratory syndrome and some that live in bats.

The mechanism of cell entry of the virus into the cell involves usingthe receptor binding domain (RBD) of the S protein of the virus toattach to the human receptor ACE2 of the alveoli cell where serineprotease cleaves the S protein of the virus and causes the binding ofthe virus to the cell membrane and facilitates entry in the cell. Amongthe symptoms of coronavirus, a high fever of 100 Fahrenheit or more, isa common finding in addition to cough, shortness of breath, chills,headache, sore throat, muscle pain and gastrointestinal symptoms, lossof smell or taste, urticaria or discoloration of the foot or toes, etc.,followed by laboratory finding of leukopenia, lymphocytopenia andthrombocytopenia, coagulopathy, increase in antiphospholipid antibodies,multiple infarcts, increased C-reactive protein greater than >10 mg/L,elevated lactate dehydrogenase (LDH), elevated creatinine, specificallyin patients with cytokine storm, similarly increased IFNγ and increasedpro-inflammatory ferritin, D-dimer. Cytokine storm induces damage tomany organs, such as heart, kidney, etc. A cytokine storm is oftenassociated with macrophage activation syndrome (MAS) and hemophagocyticlymphohistiocytosis (sHLH), increase in cytokines, such as tumornecrosis factor (TNF)-α, interferon (IFN)-γ, interleukin (IL)-1β, IL-2,IL-6, IL-7, IL-12, IL-18, and granulocyte colony-stimulating factor(GCSF). Interestingly, one finds also the anti-inflammatory stimuli,such as regulatory T cells, cytokines IL-10, transforming growth factor(TGF)-β. The latter can lead to pulmonary fibrosis when the patient hasrecovered, whereas the presence of IL-2, IL-6, IL-7, TNFα, IFNγ, andGCSF, indicates significant lung injury. Comorbidity conditions are oldage, male sex, asthma, heart disease, diabetes, kidney disease, etc.

At present, there is no definite therapy for the COVID-19 coronavirus.In general, the early stages are treated palliative. Since fever is arelatively an early symptom, aspirin and Tylenol are useful, but do notaffect the replication of the virus. Protection against infectionincludes self-isolation quarantine, the use of a mask and gloves, andprevention of the virus spreads by sanitizing drops and handwashing. Atpresent, patients with dyspnea, are treated with inhalation of oxygenthrough the nose or by ventilator, increasing the tissue oxygenation toa level of 92-96%. If a higher level is required, one has recommendedthe use of nonrebreather mask, with a flow rate up to 6-10 L whileproviding 100% FiO₂ (fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO20).

BRIEF SUMMARY OF EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION

Accordingly, the present invention is directed to a method of treating,reducing, or alleviating a medical condition in a patient thatsubstantially obviates one or more problems resulting from thelimitations and deficiencies of the related art.

In accordance with one or more embodiments of the present invention,there is provided a method of treating, reducing, or alleviating amedical condition in a patient. The method includes administering to apatient in need thereof a biocompatible drug comprising one or moreantiviral medications together with one or more cell pathway inhibitorsdissolved in a non-toxic semifluorinated alkane, the patient having oneor more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, the one or more cellpathway inhibitors blocking an inflammatory response of inflamed tissuewithout inhibiting an immune response of the patient, and thesemifluorinated alkane evaporating quickly upon administration to thepatient so as to leave the biocompatible drug at a desired treatmentlocation. The administration of the biocompatible drug to the patienttreats the one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, reducesthe symptoms associated with the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases, and/or alleviates one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases.

In a further embodiment of the present invention, the one or morerespiratory tract inflammatory diseases are selected from the groupconsisting of influenza, parainfluenza, severe acute respiratorysyndrome, a coronavirus disease, an Epstein-bar virus disease, a herpesvirus disease, a bacterial infection, and combinations thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases comprise a coronavirus disease, the coronavirusdisease selected from the group consisting of COVID-2, COVID-19, andcombinations thereof.

In still a further embodiment, the biocompatible drug further comprisesnanoparticles or microparticles used as a carrier of the biocompatibledrug; and the biocompatible drug with the semifluorinated alkane and thenanoparticles or microparticles is administered by inhalation to thepatient to treat one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases.

In yet a further embodiment, the nanoparticle or microparticle carrierscomprise slow release polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles; and thesemifluorinated alkane is used to transport the biocompatible drug withthe slow release polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles.

In still a further embodiment, the one or more antiviral medications areselected from the group consisting of amantadine, Lopinavir, linebackerand equivir, Arbidol, a nanoviricide, remdesivir, oseltamivir ribavirin,and combinations thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the one or more cell pathway inhibitors areselected from the group consisting of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors,glycogen synthesis kinase 3 (GSK-3) inhibitors, integrin inhibitors,IL-1 inhibitors, IL-6 inhibitors, and combinations thereof.

In still a further embodiment, the biocompatible drug further comprisesone or more protease inhibitors in combination with the one or moreantiviral medications and the one or more cell pathway inhibitors.

In yet a further embodiment, the method further comprises the step of,after treatment with the biocompatible drug, removing cytokines,enzymes, dead cells, from the circulation of the patient byplasmapheresis so to prevent a cytokine storm.

In still a further embodiment, the biocompatible drug is administered tothe patient by inhalation, orally, intravenously, or combinationsthereof.

In accordance with one or more embodiments of the present invention,there is provided a method of treating, reducing, or alleviating amedical condition in a patient. The method includes administering to apatient in need thereof a biocompatible drug comprising one or moreantiviral medications together with one or more cell pathway inhibitorsdissolved in a non-toxic aerosolized compound and/or conjugated withslow release polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles, the patienthaving one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, the one ormore antiviral medications preventing an attachment of viruses to cellwalls, blocking a penetration of the viruses into cells, and/orinhibiting virus replication by damaging nucleic acids of the viruses,and the one or more cell pathway inhibitors blocking an inflammatoryresponse of inflamed tissue without inhibiting an immune response of thepatient. The administration of the biocompatible drug to the patienttreats the one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, reducesthe symptoms associated with the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases, and/or alleviates one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases.

In a further embodiment of the present invention, the one or morerespiratory tract inflammatory diseases are selected from the groupconsisting of influenza, parainfluenza, severe acute respiratorysyndrome, a coronavirus disease, an Epstein-bar virus disease, a herpesvirus disease, a bacterial infection, and combinations thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases comprise a coronavirus disease, the coronavirusdisease selected from the group consisting of COVID-2, COVID-19, andcombinations thereof.

In still a further embodiment, the one or more cell pathway inhibitorsare selected from the group consisting of Rock inhibitors, Wntinhibitors, glycogen synthesis kinase 3 (GSK-3) inhibitors, integrininhibitors, IL-1 inhibitors, IL-6 inhibitors, and combinations thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the biocompatible drug further comprisesone or more protease inhibitors in combination with the one or moreantiviral medications and the one or more cell pathway inhibitors.

In still a further embodiment, the one or more antiviral medications areselected from the group consisting of amantadine, azidothymidine,aciclovir, ganciclovir, vidarabine, and combinations thereof.

In yet a further embodiment, the method further comprises the step ofadministering one or more immunosuppressants and at least one ofheparin, low molecular weight heparin, and Coumadin to prevent anoveractive immune response and blood clot formation so as to preventvascular infarct, the one or more immunosuppressants being selected fromthe group consisting of a macrolide, cyclosporine, mycophenolic acid,and combinations thereof.

In still a further embodiment, after treatment with the biocompatibledrug, the method further comprises the steps of removing cytokines,enzymes, dead cells, from the circulation of the patient byplasmapheresis and kidney dialysis so to prevent a cytokine storm;and/or delivery of oxygen to the patient by extracorporeal membraneoxygenation when the blood oxygenation level of the patient is low.

It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and thefollowing detailed description of the present invention are merelyexemplary and explanatory in nature. As such, the foregoing generaldescription and the following detailed description of the inventionshould not be construed to limit the scope of the appended claims in anysense.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEVERAL VIEWS OF THE DRAWINGS

The invention will now be described, by way of example, with referenceto the accompanying drawings, in which:

FIG. 1A is a partial side cross-sectional view of an eye having ascarred cornea, wherein substantially the entire thickness of the corneais scarred;

FIG. 1B is a partial side cross-sectional view of a donor corneaundergoing cross-linking;

FIG. 1C is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 1A,wherein the scarred cornea is shown being removed;

FIG. 1D is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 1A,wherein the cross-linked donor cornea is shown being implanted in thelocation previously occupied by the scarred cornea;

FIG. 2A is a partial side cross-sectional view of an eye having internalcorneal scar tissue;

FIG. 2B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 2A,wherein the scarred corneal tissue has been externally removed from theeye;

FIG. 2C is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 2A,wherein a cross-linked donor cornea is shown being implanted in thelocation previously occupied by the scarred corneal tissue;

FIG. 3A is a partial side cross-sectional view of an eye having internalcorneal scar tissue;

FIG. 3B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 3A,wherein the scarred corneal tissue is shown being internally removedfrom the eye;

FIG. 3C is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 3A,wherein a cross-linked donor cornea is shown being implanted in thelocation previously occupied by the scarred corneal tissue;

FIG. 4A is a partial side cross-sectional view of an eye having aT-shaped corneal scar and/or diseased tissue portion;

FIG. 4B is another partial side cross-sectional view of a donor corneaundergoing cross-linking;

FIG. 4C is a partial side cross-sectional view illustrating a T-shapedportion of the cross-linked donor cornea being cut out from a remainderof the donor cornea;

FIG. 4D is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 4A,wherein the T-shaped scarred and/or diseased portion of corneal tissuehas been removed from the eye;

FIG. 4E is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 4A,wherein the cross-linked T-shaped donor cornea portion is shown beingimplanted in the location previously occupied by the scarred and/ordiseased corneal tissue portion;

FIG. 5A illustrates an alternative configuration for the cross-linkeddonor cornea implant, wherein the donor cornea implant has a dumbbellshape;

FIG. 5B illustrates another alternative configuration for thecross-linked donor cornea implant, wherein the donor cornea implant hasa reversed or upside down T-shape;

FIG. 6A is a side cross-sectional view of a host eye prior to antransplant procedure;

FIG. 6B is another side cross-sectional view of the host eye of FIG. 6A,which illustrates a creation of a corneal pocket therein;

FIG. 6C is another side cross-sectional view of the host eye of FIG. 6A,which illustrates an implantation of the cross-linked lamellar lensletinto the host eye;

FIG. 7A is a partial side cross-sectional view of a donor cornea beingcross-linked prior to being shaped for use in a transplant procedure;

FIG. 7B is another partial side cross-sectional view of the donor corneaof FIG. 7A, which illustrates the cutting of a cross-linked lamellarlenslet from a remainder of the cross-lined donor cornea;

FIG. 7C is a side cross-sectional view of the cross-linked lamellarlenslet after it has been appropriately shaped and removed from thedonor cornea of FIGS. 7A and 7B;

FIG. 8 is a partial side cross-sectional view illustrating the formationof a two-dimensional cut into a cornea of an eye, according to anotherembodiment of the invention;

FIG. 9 is another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.8, which illustrates the creation of a three-dimensional pocket in thecornea of the eye;

FIG. 10 is yet another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 8, which illustrates the injection of a photosensitizer into thethree-dimensional pocket in the cornea of the eye;

FIG. 11A is still another partial side cross-sectional view of the eyeof FIG. 8, which illustrates the irradiation of the stromal tissuesurrounding the three-dimensional pocket of the eye using ultravioletradiation delivered from outside of the cornea;

FIG. 11B is yet another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 8, which illustrates the irradiation of the stromal tissuesurrounding the three-dimensional pocket of the eye using a fiber opticdelivering ultraviolet radiation inside the three-dimensional pocket,according to an alternative embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 12 is still another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 8, which illustrates a lens implant inserted into the pocket so asto change the refractive properties of the eye;

FIG. 13 is yet another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 8, which illustrates the reinjection of a photosensitizer into thethree-dimensional pocket with the lens implant disposed therein so thatthe cross-linking procedure may be repeated;

FIG. 14 is still another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 8, which illustrates the re-irradiation of the stromal tissuesurrounding the three-dimensional pocket of the eye during therepetition of the cross-linking procedure;

FIG. 15 is a side cross-sectional view illustrating the creation of alens implant from an organic block of polymer using a excimer laser;

FIG. 16 is a side cross-sectional view illustrating the cutting of alens implant from an organic block of polymer using a femtosecond laser;

FIG. 17 is a side cross-sectional view illustrating a lens implant thathas been formed using a three-dimensional printing technique or amolding technique;

FIG. 18 is a front view of a cornea of an eye, according to yet anotherembodiment of the invention;

FIG. 19 is another front view of the cornea of the eye of FIG. 18,wherein a square-shaped intrastromal pocket has been formed in thecornea of the eye;

FIG. 20 is yet another front view of the cornea of the eye of FIG. 18,wherein a circular three-dimensional portion of tissue having a firstdiameter has been removed from the area within the square-shapedintrastromal pocket;

FIG. 21 is still another front view of the cornea of the eye of FIG. 18,wherein a circular three-dimensional portion of tissue having seconddiameter has been removed from the area within the square-shapedintrastromal pocket, the second diameter of the circularthree-dimensional portion of tissue in FIG. 21 being larger than thefirst diameter of the circular three-dimensional portion of tissue inFIG. 20;

FIG. 22 is yet another front view of the cornea of the eye of FIG. 18,wherein a circular lens implant has been implanted in the area where thecircular three-dimensional portion of tissue has been removed, andwherein a photosensitizer is being injected into the pocket in thecornea of the eye;

FIG. 23 is still another front view of the cornea of the eye of FIG. 18,wherein the circular lens implant is shown in the area where thecircular three-dimensional portion of tissue was removed;

FIG. 24 is a side cross-sectional view illustrating an eye with acataract, according to still another embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 25 is another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 24,which illustrates the breaking apart of the natural lens into lensfragments using a laser;

FIG. 26 is yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 24,which illustrates the irrigation and aspiration of the lens fragments ofthe natural lens using a probe;

FIG. 27 is still another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.24, which illustrates the application of a photosensitizer to thecapsular bag of the eye after the cataract has been removed;

FIG. 28 is yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 24,which illustrates the irradiation of the capsular bag of the eye using afiber optic so as to activate cross-linkers in the capsular bag;

FIG. 29 is still another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.24, which illustrates the injection a transparent polymer into the lenscapsule of the eye in order to form an accommodative intraocular lensfor replacing the cortex and nucleus of the natural lens that wasremoved from the eye;

FIG. 30 is a side cross-sectional view illustrating an eye with acataract, according to yet another embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 31 is another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 30,which illustrates the application of a photosensitizer to a posteriorportion of the capsular bag of the eye after the cataract has beenremoved;

FIG. 32 is yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 30,which illustrates the irradiation of the posterior portion of thecapsular bag of the eye so as to activate cross-linkers in the posteriorportion of the capsular bag;

FIG. 33 is still another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.30, which illustrates the capsular bag of the eye after the removal ofthe cataract and the placement of an intraocular lens in the capsularbag;

FIG. 34 is a yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.30, which illustrates the intraocular lens in the capsular bag of theeye prior to glaucoma surgery being performed on the eye;

FIG. 35 is still another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.30, which illustrates the insertion of a stent through an anteriorchamber of the eye and into the subconjunctival space;

FIG. 36 is a partial, enlarged view illustrating the insertion of thestent in FIG. 35 (Detail “A”);

FIG. 37 is yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 30,which illustrates the application of a photo sensitizer to an anteriorchamber of the eye so that the photosensitizer is capable of diffusingout of the stent and into the subconjunctival space;

FIG. 38 is still another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.30, which illustrates the irradiation of the subconjunctival space so asto activate cross-linkers and prevent fibrosis around the stent outflow;

FIG. 39 is yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 30,which illustrates the application of a photo sensitizer to the anteriorchamber of the eye and the irradiation of the subconjunctival space soas to activate cross-linkers and prevent fibrosis around a shunt oropening in the eye wall;

FIG. 40 is a partial, enlarged view illustrating the application of thephotosensitizer and the irradiation of the space around the shunt oropening in the eye wall of FIG. 39 (Detail “B”);

FIG. 41 is still another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.30, which illustrates the application of a photo sensitizer to theanterior chamber of the eye and the irradiation of the suprachoroidalspace so as to activate cross-linkers and prevent fibrosis around astent in the suprachoroidal space;

FIG. 42 is a perspective view illustrating a glaucoma stent having acoating provided thereon, according to an embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 43 is a side cross-sectional view illustrating a syringe used forthe implantation of the stent of FIG. 42, according to an embodiment ofthe invention;

FIG. 44 is a side cross-sectional view of an eye, which illustrates theapplication of liquid collagen to the subconjunctival space, accordingto another embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 45 is another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 44,which illustrates the application of a photosensitizer after theimplantation of the glaucoma stent of FIG. 42 in the eye;

FIG. 46 is yet another side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 44,which illustrates the irradiation of the glaucoma stent and thesurrounding areas in the eye so as to activate cross-linkers and preventfibrosis;

FIG. 47 is a partial side cross-sectional view illustrating theformation of an incision into a peripheral portion of a cornea of an eyeso as to create a pocket for receiving a corneal intraocular pressuresensor, according to another embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 48 is another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG.47, which illustrates the injection of a photosensitizer into the pocketin the peripheral portion of the cornea of the eye;

FIG. 49 is yet another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 47, which illustrates the irradiation of the stromal tissuesurrounding the pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea of theeye using ultraviolet radiation delivered from outside of the cornea;

FIG. 50 is still another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 47, which illustrates the irradiation of the stromal tissuesurrounding the pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea of theeye using a fiber optic delivering ultraviolet radiation inside thepocket, according to an alternative embodiment of the invention;

FIG. 51 is a front view of the eye of FIG. 47, which illustrates thecomponents of a corneal intraocular pressure sensor disposed in thepocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea of the eye;

FIG. 52 is still another partial side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 47, which illustrates the peripheral cross-linked corneal pocketwith the components of the corneal intraocular pressure sensor disposedtherein;

FIG. 53 is a partial, enlarged side cross-sectional view of the eye ofFIG. 52 (Detail “C”), which illustrates the needle of the cornealintraocular pressure sensor extending into the anterior chamber of theeye.

FIG. 54A illustrates a first exemplary shape for the drug deliveryimplant described herein, which is in the form of a rod-shaped implant;

FIG. 54B illustrates a second exemplary shape for the drug deliveryimplant described herein, which is in the form of a curved implant;

FIG. 54C illustrates a third exemplary shape for the drug deliveryimplant described herein, which is in the form of a two-partsemi-circular implant;

FIG. 54D illustrates a fourth exemplary shape for the drug deliveryimplant described herein, which is in the form of a one-partsemi-circular implant;

FIG. 55 illustrates an exemplary coated drug delivery implant, whereinthe drug delivery implant is coated with a polymer and aphotosensitizer;

FIG. 56A illustrates a first exemplary form of the drug delivery implantdescribed herein, which is in the form of a solid tubular implant;

FIG. 56B illustrates a second exemplary form of the drug deliveryimplant described herein, which is in the form of a porous tubularimplant;

FIG. 56C illustrates a third exemplary form of the drug delivery implantdescribed herein, which is in the form of a tubular implant with openends;

FIG. 57 illustrates another exemplary form of the drug delivery implantdescribed herein, wherein the implant is tubular-shaped with holesformed in the side thereof;

FIG. 58 illustrates yet another exemplary form of the drug deliveryimplant that is similar to that which is depicted in FIG. 57, exceptthat the tubular-shaped implant of FIG. 58 has larger-sized holes formedin the side thereof;

FIG. 59 illustrates still another exemplary form of the drug deliveryimplant described herein, wherein the implant is in the form of arectangular flat tube;

FIG. 60 illustrates yet another exemplary form of the drug deliveryimplant described herein, wherein the implant is in the form of asemi-solid or silicone tubular implant with one closed end and one openend;

FIG. 61 illustrates still another exemplary form of the drug deliveryimplant described herein, wherein the implant is in the form of arectangular tube that is refillable by injection;

FIG. 62 illustrates yet another exemplary form of the drug deliveryimplant described herein, wherein the tubular implant comprises a needlefor tissue penetration and the tubular implant is capable of beingpenetrating by a needle for taking liquid biopsies;

FIG. 63A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a two-partsemi-circular drug delivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocket inthe peripheral portion of the cornea that is spaced apart from thecentral visual axis of the eye so as not to obstruct the central portionof the eye;

FIG. 63B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 63Aillustrating the two-part semi-circular drug delivery implant disposedin the cross-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 64A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a generallylinear drug delivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocket in theperipheral portion of the cornea that is spaced apart from the centralvisual axis of the eye so as not to obstruct the central portion of theeye;

FIG. 64B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 64Aillustrating the generally linear drug delivery implant disposed in thecross-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 65A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a tubulardrug delivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocket in theperipheral portion of the cornea, wherein the implant comprises a needlefluidly coupling the implant to the anterior chamber of the eye;

FIG. 65B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 65Aillustrating the tubular drug delivery implant with the needle extendinginto the anterior chamber of the eye;

FIG. 66A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a pupil,cornea, sclera, and limbus of the eye;

FIG. 66B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 66Aillustrating an anterior chamber, iris, and lens of the eye;

FIG. 67A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a one-partsemi-circular drug delivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocket inthe peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 67B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 67Aillustrating the one-part semi-circular drug delivery implant disposedin the cross-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 68A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating adoughnut-shaped drug delivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocketin the peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 68B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 68Aillustrating the doughnut-shaped drug delivery implant disposed in thecross-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 69A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a generallylinear drug delivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocket in theperipheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 69B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 69Aillustrating the generally linear drug delivery implant disposed in thecross-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea;

FIG. 70A is a front view of a cornea of an eye illustrating a drugdelivery implant disposed in a cross-linked pocket in the peripheralportion of the cornea, wherein the implant comprises a needle fluidlycoupling the implant to the anterior chamber of the eye; and

FIG. 70B is a partial side cross-sectional view of the eye of FIG. 70Aillustrating the tubular drug delivery implant with the needle extendinginto the anterior chamber of the eye with the aqueous fluid of the eye.

Throughout the figures, the same elements are always denoted using thesame reference characters so that, as a general rule, they will only bedescribed once.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION

A first illustrative embodiment of a corneal transplant procedure with across-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 1A-1D. The corneal transplantprocedure illustrated in FIGS. 1A-1D involves full corneal replacementof the scarred or diseased cornea by the donor cornea. In other words,FIGS. 1A-1D illustrate a penetrating keratoplasty procedure wherein thefull thickness of the scarred or diseased cornea is replaced with across-linked donor cornea (i.e., a full-thickness corneal transplant).

Referring initially to FIG. 1A, it can be seen that substantially theentire thickness of the cornea 16 of the eye 10 is scarred and/ordiseased (i.e., scarred, diseased, or scarred and diseased). FIG. 1Aalso illustrates the lens 12 and iris 14 of the eye 10, which arelocated posteriorly of the cornea 16. In this embodiment, it isnecessary to replace substantially the entire thickness of the cornea 16with a donor cornea.

In FIG. 1B, the cross-linking 18 of the clear donor cornea 20 isdiagrammatically illustrated. As depicted in FIG. 1B, only the frontportion 20 a of the donor cornea 20 is cross-linked. That is, thecross-linking does not extend all the way to the rear portion 20 b ofthe donor cornea 20. It is to be understood that the cross-linking 18 ofthe donor cornea 20 may also be done after implanting the donor corneainto the eye of the patient, rather than before implantation as shown inthe illustrative example of FIGS. 1A-1D. Also, it is to be understoodthat all or just a part of the donor cornea 20 may be cross-linked.

In the illustrative embodiments described herein (i.e., as depicted inFIGS. 1A-1D, 2A-2C, and 3A-3C), the cross-linking of the clear donorcornea may comprise the steps of: (i) applying a photosensitizer to thedonor cornea, the photosensitizer facilitating cross-linking of thedonor cornea; and (ii) irradiating the donor cornea with ultravioletlight so as to activate cross-linkers in the donor cornea and therebystrengthen the donor cornea. The photosensitizer may comprise riboflavinor a solution comprising a liquid suspension having nanoparticles ofriboflavin. The cross-linker may have between about 0.1% Riboflavin toabout 100% Riboflavin or any other suitable range or specific percentagetherein. The ultraviolet radiation or rays used to irradiate the donorcornea may be between about 370 nanometers and about 380 nanometers (orbetween 370 nanometers and 380 nanometers). The radiation is preferablyabout 3 mW or more as needed and emanates from a laser source at about a3 cm distance from the donor cornea for about 30 minutes or less. Thetime of the exposure can vary depending on the light intensity, focus,and the concentration of riboflavin. However, the ultraviolet radiationcan be applied at any suitable distance, time or wavelength. Preferably,cross-linking the donor cornea does not significantly change therefractive power of the donor cornea; however, if desired, cross-linkingcan change the refractive power of the donor cornea to any suitabledegree.

In addition to Riboflavin, other suitable cross linking agents are lowcarbon carbohydrates, such as pentose sugar (e.g., ribose) or hexosesugar (e.g., glucose), or complex carbohydrates. Other crosslinkingagents may include Transaminidases, transglutaminases or anaturally-derived cross-linker named malic acid derivative (MAD)concentrations higher than 30 mM, commercially available cross-linkerssuch as 1-ethyl-3-(3(′-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDC), orethyl-3(3-dimethylamino) propyl carbodiimide (EDC), etc. Thecross-linking may also be done postoperatively by the application ofother crosslinking agents, such as Triglycidylamine (TGA) synthesizedvia reacting epichlorhydrin and a carbodiimide, or the oxidized glycogenhexoses. The ribose, glucose and similar agents may penetrate the corneaeasily using drops, gel, or the slow release mechanisms, nanoparticle,microspares, liposome sets. In addition, the crosslinkers may bedelivered with Mucoadhesives.

In one or more embodiments, all or part of the donor cornea iscross-linked. Also, in one or more embodiments, a very highconcentration of Riboflavin may be used because the in vitrocross-linking process may be stopped whenever needed prior to thetransplantation of the donor cornea in the host eye. In addition, thepower of the ultraviolet (UV) laser may also be increased so as tocross-link the tissue of the donor cornea faster. The use of a highconcentration of Riboflavin, and the increasing of the ultraviolet (UV)laser power, are not possible during an in vivo cross-linking procedurebecause the aim of such an in vivo procedure is to protect the cells ofthe host cornea. Also, the in vivo process cannot be controlled asefficiently as in the vitro crosslinking of the corneal transplant.

In one or more embodiments, the donor cornea may be extracted from ahuman cadaver, or the cornea may be reconstructed as known in tissueengineering in vitro and three-dimensionally (3D) printed. Cross-linkingof a culture-grown cornea eliminates the cellular structure inside thecornea. If needed again, the healthy corneal endothelium of the patientmay be grown in vitro for these tissues by placing them on the concavesurface of the cornea and encouraging their growth under laboratorycontrol conditions prior to the transplantation.

In the embodiments where the donor cornea is tissue culture grown, thecornea may be formed from mesenchymal fibroblast stem cells, embryonicstem cells, or cells derived from epithelial stem cells extracted fromthe same patient, or a mixture of these cells. Using known tissueculture techniques, the cells may produce a transparent corneal stroma.This culture-grown corneal stroma will not have a corneal epithelium ora corneal endothelium. Thus, it eliminates the complexity of developinga full thickness cornea in the tissue culture. This stromal transplantmay be used as a lamellar or partial thickness replacement of theexisting host cornea. This transplant may also be used to augment or addto the thickness of the host cornea. This transparent corneal stroma maybe transplanted either prior to, or after being cross-linked usingvarious cross-linking methods.

In one or more embodiments, the cross-linked donor cornea may be sizedand precisely cut with a femtosecond laser to the desired shape andcurvature to replace the removed host cornea so that the refractiveerrors of the recipient are also automatically corrected with thecross-linked cornea.

Now, referring to FIG. 1C, it can be seen that the scarred and/ordiseased cornea 16 is shown being removed from the eye 10. The scarredand/or diseased cornea 16 may be removed from the eye 10 by usingvarious suitable means, such as mechanical means or cutting using alaser. When mechanical means are used to remove the scarred and/ordiseased cornea 16 from the eye 10, the scarred and/or diseased cornea16 may initially be cut away or dissected from the remainder of the eye10 using a sharp mechanical instrument (e.g., a surgical micro-knife, aneedle, a sharp spatula, a pair of micro-scissors), and thensubsequently removed or extracted with a pair of micro-forceps. Whenlaser cutting is used to remove the scarred and/or diseased cornea 16from the eye 10, the scarred and/or diseased cornea 16 may be cut awayusing a suitable laser, such as a femtosecond laser. Also, in someembodiments, the mechanical means for cutting and extraction (e.g., thesurgical micro-knife and/or pair of micro-scissors) may be used incombination with the laser means (e.g., the femtosecond laser).

In one or more embodiments, the donor cornea may be shaped and cut withthe femtosecond laser prior to the cross-linking thereof so as toreplace part or all of the recipient cornea which is cut with thefemtosecond laser. In these one or more embodiments, the entire donorand host cornea together may be cross-linked with Riboflavin and UVradiation. These procedures may also be performed on a culture-growntransplant cornea.

Then, as shown in FIG. 1D, after the scarred and/or diseased cornea 16has been removed from the eye 10, the cross-linked donor cornea 20 isimplanted into the eye 10 of the patient in the location previouslyoccupied by the scarred and/or diseased cornea 16. After implantation ofthe cross-linked donor cornea 20, sutures or a suitable adhesive may beutilized to secure the cross-linked donor cornea 20 in place on the eye10. When sutures are used for holding the donor cornea 20 in place, thesutures may comprise nylon sutures, steel sutures, or another suitabletype of non-absorbable suture. When the cornea 16 is subsequentlyablated after the implantation of the donor cornea, as will be describedhereinafter, additional sutures may be required after ablation.

In one or more embodiments, a biodegradable adhesive is used in acorneal transplantation procedure with the cross-linked donor cornea 20described above, or with a non-cross-linked corneal transplant. In theseone or more embodiments, the biodegradable adhesive obviates the needfor a suture in the corneal transplant procedure. Sutures generallydistort the surface of the cornea and can produce an opticallyunacceptable corneal surface. Also, the use of the biodegradableadhesive obviates the need for glues requiring exothermic energy. Gluesthat use an exothermic effect, such as Fibronectin, need thermal energyto activate their adhesive properties. This thermal energy, such as thatdelivered by a high-powered laser, produces sufficient heat to coagulatethe Fibronectin and the tissue that it contacts. Any thermal effect onthe cornea produces: (i) corneal opacity, (ii) tissue contraction, and(iii) distortion of the optical surface of the cornea. The tissueadhesion created by these glues, including Fibronectin or fibrinogen, isflimsy and cannot withstand the intraocular pressure of the eye.

In fact, sutures are superior to these types of adhesives because thewound becomes immediately strong with sutures, thereby supporting thenormal intraocular pressure of between 18 and 35 mmHg. In contrast tothe use of a suture in which distortion that is caused by sutureplacement can be managed by cutting and removing the suture, thedistortion caused by the coagulated corneal tissue cannot be corrected.

Other glues, such as cyanoacrylate, become immediately solid aftercoming into contact with the tissue or water. These glues produce arock-hard polymer, the shape of which cannot be controlled afteradministration. Also, the surface of the polymer created by these gluesis not smooth. Thus, the eyelid will rub on this uneven surface, and theuneven surface scratches the undersurface of the eyelid when the eyelidmoves over it. In addition, the cyanoacrylate is not biodegradable orbiocompatible. As such, it causes an inflammatory response if applied tothe tissue, thereby causing undesirable cell migration andvascularization of the cornea.

Thus, by using a biocompatible and absorbable acrylate or otherbiodegradable glues that do not need exothermic energy for the processof adhesion (i.e., like fibronectin or fibrinogen), one is able tomaintain the integrity of the smooth corneal surface. In one or moreembodiments, the biocompatible and biodegradable adhesive may be paintedonly at the edges of the transplant prior to placing it in the host ordiseased cornea. In these embodiments, the biocompatible andbiodegradable adhesive only comes into contact with the host tissue atthe desired predetermined surface to create a strong adhesion. Theadhesion may last a few hours to several months depending on thecomposition of the molecule chosen and the concentration of the activecomponent.

Other suitable biodegradable adhesives or glues that may be used inconjunction with the transplant include combinations of gallic acid,gallic tannic acid, Chitosan, gelatin, polyphenyl compound, Tannic Acid(N-isopropylacrylamide (PNIPAM), and/or Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) withpolyethylene glycol (PEG). That is, polyethylene glycol (PEG) may bemixed with any one or plurality of gallic acid, gallic tannic acid,Chitosan, gelatin, polyphenyl compound, Tannic Acid(N-isopropylacrylamide (PNIPAM), and Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone), so as toform a molecular glue. These adhesives are suitable for the use on thecornea because they create a tight wound that prevents leakage from thecorneal wound and maintain the normal intraocular pressure shortly aftertheir application and also do not distort the wound by causing tractionon the tissue.

In addition, other suitable biodegradable adhesives or glues, which mayneed an external source of energy, that are able to be used inconjunction with the transplant include combinations of riboflavin,lactoflavin, gallic acid, gallic tannic acid, Chitosan, gelatin,polyphenyl compound, Tannic Acid (N-isopropylacrylamide (PNIPAM),dopamine, and/or Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) with polyethylene glycol(PEG). That is, polyethylene glycol (PEG) may be mixed with any one orplurality of riboflavin, lactoflavin, tannic acid, dopamine, gallictannic acid, Chitosan, gelatin, polyphenyl compound, Tannic Acid(N-isopropylacrylamide (PNIPAM), and Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone), so as toform a molecular glue. These adhesives are also suitable for the use onthe cornea because they create a tight wound that prevents leakage fromthe corneal wound and maintain the normal intraocular pressure shortlyafter their application and also do not distort the wound by causingtraction on the tissue.

In one or more embodiments, the donor cornea may be temporarily suturedto the host cornea by only a few single sutures to the host cornea.Then, the sutures may be removed immediately after donor cornea is fixedto the host cornea with a suitable adhesive.

A second illustrative embodiment of a corneal transplant procedure witha cross-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 2A-2C. Unlike the firstembodiment described above, the corneal transplant procedure illustratedin FIGS. 2A-2C does not involve full corneal replacement of the scarredor diseased cornea by the donor cornea. Rather, FIGS. 2A-2C illustrate alamellar keratoplasty procedure wherein only a portion of the cornea 16′of the eye 10′ contains scarred and/or diseased tissue (i.e., afull-thickness corneal section is not removed). In the procedure ofFIGS. 2A-2C, an internal scarred and/or diseased portion 16 a′ of thecornea 16′ is externally removed from the eye 10′ of a patient.

Referring initially to FIG. 2A, it can be seen that only an internalportion 16 a′ of the cornea 16′ is scarred and/or diseased. As such, inthis embodiment, it is not necessary to replace the entire thickness ofthe cornea 16 with a donor cornea as was described above in conjunctionwith FIGS. 1A-1D, but rather just a portion of the cornea 16′.

Next, referring to FIG. 2B, it can be seen that the scarred and/ordiseased portion 16 a′ has been externally removed from the cornea 16′of the eye 10′ such that the cornea 16′ comprises a cavity 19 disposedtherein for receiving the donor cornea. Because an external approach wasutilized for removing the scarred and/or diseased portion 16 a′ of thecornea 16′, the cavity 19 comprises a notch-like void in the outside oranterior surface of the cornea 16′. As described above for the firstembodiment, the scarred and/or diseased corneal portion 16 a′ may beremoved from the remainder of the cornea 16′ using various suitablemeans, such as mechanical means or the laser cutting means (e.g.,femtosecond laser) described above.

Finally, as shown in FIG. 2C, after the scarred and/or diseased portion16 a′ has been removed from the remainder of the cornea 16′ of the eye10′, the cross-linked donor cornea or cross-linked donor corneal portion20′ is implanted into the eye 10′ of the patient in the locationpreviously occupied by the scarred and/or diseased corneal portion 16a′. As described above, after implantation of the cross-linked donorcorneal portion 20′ into the eye 10′, sutures or a suitable adhesive(e.g., the biocompatible and biodegradable adhesive described above) maybe utilized to secure the cross-linked donor corneal portion 20′ inplace on the host cornea of the eye 10′.

After the cross-linked donor corneal portion 20′ is implanted into theeye 10′ of the patient, a portion of the cornea 16′ may be ablated so asto change the refractive properties of the eye (e.g., to give thepatient perfect or near perfect refraction). The ablation of the portionof the cornea 16′ may be performed using a suitable laser 34, such as anexcimer laser. The ablation by the laser causes the ablated tissue toessentially evaporate into the air. Also, the ablation of the portion ofthe cornea 16′ may be done intrastromally, as with LAS IK(laser-assisted in situ keratomileusis), or on the surface of thecornea, as with PRK (photorefractive keratectomy). The ablation may beperformed a predetermined time period after the corneal transplantationso as to enable the wound healing process of the recipient's cornea tobe completed. It is to be understood that the ablation, which followsthe corneal transplantation, may be performed in conjunction with any ofthe embodiments described herein.

It is also to be understood that, in some alternative embodiments, theablation may be performed prior to the transplantation of the donorcornea, rather than after the transplantation of the donor cornea. Forexample, in one or more alternative embodiments, a lenticle may beprecisely cut in the tissue of a culture-grown stroma of a donor corneaby using a femtosecond laser so that when implanted into the hostcornea, it corrects the residual host eye's refractive error.

A third illustrative embodiment of a corneal transplant procedure with across-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 3A-3C. Like the second embodimentdescribed above, the corneal transplant procedure illustrated in FIGS.3A-3C only involves replacing a scarred and/or diseased portion 16 a″ ofthe cornea 16″ with a donor corneal portion. Thus, similar to the secondembodiment explained above, FIGS. 3A-3C illustrate a lamellarkeratoplasty procedure wherein only a portion of the cornea 16″ of theeye 10″ contains scarred and/or diseased tissue (i.e., a full-thicknesscorneal section is not removed). Although, in the procedure of FIGS.3A-3C, an internal scarred and/or diseased portion 16 a″ of the cornea16″ is internally removed from the eye 10″ of a patient, rather thanbeing externally removed as in the second embodiment of FIGS. 2A-2C.

Referring initially to FIG. 3A, it can be seen that only an internalportion 16 a″ of the cornea 16″ of the eye 10″ is scarred and/ordiseased. As such, in this embodiment, like the preceding secondembodiment, it is not necessary to replace the entire thickness of thecornea 16″ with a donor cornea, but rather just a portion of the cornea16″.

Next, referring to FIG. 3B, it can be seen that the scarred and/ordiseased portion 16 a″ is being internally removed from the remainder ofthe cornea 16″ using a pair of forceps 22 (i.e., mechanical means ofremoval are illustrated in FIG. 3B). Advantageously, because an internalapproach is being utilized for removing the scarred and/or diseasedportion 16 a″ of the cornea 16″, the cornea 16″ will not comprise thenotch-like cavity 19 disposed in the outside or anterior surface of thecornea, which was described in conjunction with the preceding secondembodiment. As described above for the first and second embodiments, thescarred and/or diseased corneal portion 16 a″ may be removed from theremainder of the cornea 16″ using other suitable alternative means, suchas laser cutting techniques (e.g., using a femtosecond laser).Advantageously, the femtosecond laser is capable of cutting inside thetissue without involving the surface of the tissue. The cut part of thetissue can then be removed by other means (e.g., micro-forceps).

Finally, as shown in FIG. 3C, after the scarred and/or diseased cornealportion 16 a″ has been removed from the remainder of the cornea 16″ ofthe eye 10″, the cross-linked donor cornea or cross-linked donor cornealportion 20″ is implanted into the eye 10″ of the patient in the locationpreviously occupied by the scarred and/or diseased corneal portion 16a″. After implantation of the cross-linked donor corneal portion 20″,sutures or a suitable adhesive (e.g., the biocompatible andbiodegradable adhesive described above) may be utilized to secure thecross-linked donor corneal portion 20″ in place on the host cornea ofthe eye 10″. Advantageously, the cross-linked donor corneal portion 20″,which is strengthened by the cross-linking performed thereon, reinforcesthe cornea 16″ and greatly reduces the likelihood of corneal graftrejection.

It is to be understood that the scarred and/or diseased corneal portion16 a″ that is removed from the cornea 16″ may also be replaced withstroma stem cells or mesenchymal stem cells, which can be contained in amedium, and then injected in the internal cavity previously occupied bythe scarred and/or diseased corneal tissue 16 a″.

In one or more embodiments, mesenchymal stem cells also may be injectedinside the donor cornea before or after transplantation. In addition, inone or more embodiments, daily drops of a Rho Kinase inhibitor may beadded to the host eye after the surgery. The use of a medication, suchas a Rho Kinase inhibitor, with the stem cells will encourage stem cellproliferation.

A fourth illustrative embodiment of a corneal transplant procedure witha cross-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 4A-4E. Like the second and thirdembodiments described above, the corneal transplant procedureillustrated in FIGS. 4A-4E only involves replacing a scarred and/ordiseased portion 16 a′″ of the cornea 16′″ with a donor corneal portion.Thus, similar to the second and third embodiments explained above, FIGS.4A-4E illustrate a lamellar keratoplasty procedure wherein only aportion of the cornea 16′″ of the eye 10′″ contains scarred and/ordiseased tissue (i.e., a full-thickness corneal section is not removed).Although, in the procedure of FIGS. 4A-4E, a different-shaped scarredand/or diseased portion 16 a′″ of the cornea 16′″ is removed.

Referring initially to FIG. 4A, it can be seen that only a portion 16a″′ of the cornea 16′″ having a T-shape or “top hut” shape is scarredand/or diseased. As such, in this embodiment, it is not necessary toreplace the entire thickness of the cornea 16′″ with a donor cornea aswas described above in conjunction with FIGS. 1A-1D, but rather just aportion 16 a′″ of the cornea 16″. In this illustrative embodiment, theback side of the cornea 16′″ is maintained (see e.g., FIG. 4D).

In FIG. 4B, the cross-linking 18′ of the clear donor cornea 20′ isdiagrammatically illustrated. As mentioned above, it is to be understoodthat all or just a part of the donor cornea 20′ may be cross-linked.Then, in FIG. 4C, it can be seen that a portion 20 a′ of the clear donorcornea 20′, which has a T-shape or “top hut” shape that matches theshape of the scarred and/or diseased portion 16 a′″ of the cornea 16′″,is cut out from the remainder of the clear donor cornea 20′ such that ithas the necessary shape. In one or more embodiments, the portion 20 a′may be cut from the clear donor cornea 20′ and appropriately shapedusing a femtosecond laser. As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, other suitablyshaped cross-linked corneal portions may be cut from the clear donorcornea 20′, such as a dumbbell-shaped corneal portion 20 a″ (see FIG.5A) or a corneal portion 20 a′″ having a reversed T-shape or “reversedtop hut” shape (see FIG. 5B), in order to accommodate correspondinglyshaped scarred and/or diseased areas in the host cornea.

Next, referring to FIG. 4D, it can be seen that the scarred and/ordiseased portion 16 a′″ having the T-shape or “top hut” shape has beenremoved from the cornea 16′″ of the eye 10′″ such that the cornea 16′″comprises a cavity 19′ disposed therein for receiving the donor cornea.As described above for the first three embodiments, the scarred and/ordiseased corneal portion 16 a′″ may be removed from the remainder of thecornea 16′″ using various suitable means, such as mechanical means orthe laser cutting means (e.g., femtosecond laser) described above.

Finally, as shown in FIG. 4E, after the scarred and/or diseased portion16 a′″ has been removed from the remainder of the cornea 16′″ of the eye10′″, the cross-linked donor corneal portion 20 a′ is implanted into theeye 10″′ of the patient in the location previously occupied by thescarred and/or diseased corneal portion 16 a′″. Because the shape of thetransplant corresponds to that of the removed portion 16 a″′ of thecornea 16′″, the transplant sits comfortably in its position in the hostcornea. As described above, after implantation of the cross-linked donorcorneal portion 20 a′ into the eye 10′″, sutures or a suitable adhesive(e.g., the biocompatible and biodegradable adhesive described above) maybe utilized to secure the cross-linked donor corneal portion 20 a′ inplace on the host cornea 16′″ of the eye 10″. For example, if abiocompatible and biodegradable adhesive is used to secure thecross-linked donor corneal portion 20 a′ in place in the cornea 16′″ ofthe eye 10′″, the edges of the donor corneal portion 20 a′ are coatedwith the biocompatible and biodegradable adhesive so as to give thetransplant a reliable stability. In this case, it is desirable to havethe attachment of the transplant maintained by the biocompatible andbiodegradable adhesive for a period of months (i.e., it is desirable forthe transplant to be secured in place by the biocompatible andbiodegradable adhesive for as long as possible).

An illustrative embodiment of a corneal lenslet implantation procedurewith a cross-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 6A-6C and 7A-7C. Similar tothe second, third, and fourth embodiments described above, FIGS. 6A-6Cand 7A-7C illustrate a lamellar keratoplasty procedure wherein only aportion of the cornea 16″″ of the host eye 10″″ is removed during theprocedure (i.e., a full-thickness corneal section is not removed).Although, the procedure of FIGS. 6A-6C and 7A-7C differs in severalimportant respects from the abovedescribed procedures. In thisembodiment, the corneal transplant is cross-linked in vitro. Then, usinga femtosecond laser or an excimer laser, the surgeon carves out orablates a three-dimensional (3D) corneal cross-linked augment from thedonor cornea 20′″ that exactly compensates for the refractive error ofthe recipient of the transplant. That is, the corneal cross-linkedaugment or inlay may be cut to the desired shape using a femtosecondlaser, or the inlay may be shaped in vitro using an excimer laser priorto its implantation in the cornea 16″″ of the host eye 10″″. Aftermaking an internal pocket 28 in the recipient cornea 16″″ of the hosteye 10″″ with a femtosecond laser, the cross-linked transplant is foldedand implanted in a predetermined fashion inside the host's cornealpocket 28 to provide stability to the eye 10″″ having keratoconus,keratoglobus, a thin cornea or abnormal corneal curvature, therebypreventing future corneal ectasia in this eye 10″″ and correcting itsrefractive errors. Advantageously, the procedure of this embodimentcomprises a lamellar cross-linked corneal transplantation, whichadditionally results in simultaneous correction of the refractive errorof the eye 10″″ of the patient. As used herein, the term “lenslet”refers to a lens implant configured to be implanted in a cornea of aneye. The lens implant may be formed from an organic material, asynthetic material, or a combination of organic and synthetic materials.

Now, with reference to FIGS. 6A-6C and 7A-7C, the illustrativeembodiment will be described in further detail. The host eye 10″″ withlens 12′, cornea 16″″, and optic nerve 24 is shown in FIG. 6A, while thedonor cornea 20′″ is depicted in FIG. 7A. The donor cornea 20′″ of FIG.7A may be a cross-linked cornea of a cadaver or a tissue culture-growncornea that has been cross-linked. Turning to FIG. 6B, it can be seenthat an internal corneal pocket 28 is created in the cornea 16″″ of thehost eye 10″″ (e.g., by using a suitable laser, which is indicateddiagrammatically in FIG. 6B by lines 30).

In FIG. 7A, the cross-linking 18″ of the donor cornea 20′″ isdiagrammatically illustrated. As mentioned in the preceding embodiments,it is to be understood that all or just a part of the donor cornea 20′″may be cross-linked. Then, after the donor cornea 20′″ of FIG. 7A hasbeen cross-linked (e.g., by using a photosensitizer in the form ofriboflavin and UV radiation as described above), it can be seen that across-linked lamellar lenslet 26 is cut out from the remainder of thedonor cornea 20′″ (e.g., by using a suitable laser, which is indicateddiagrammatically in FIG. 7B by lines 32) such that it has the necessaryshape for implantation into the host eye 10″″. As explained above, thecross-linked lamellar lenslet 26 may be cut from the donor cornea 20′″and appropriately shaped using a femtosecond laser or an excimer laser.The cross-linked lamellar lenslet 26 is capable of being prepared to anyrequisite shape using either the femtosecond laser or the excimer laser.FIG. 7C illustrates the shaped cross-linked lamellar lenslet 26 after ithas been removed from the remainder of the donor cornea 20′″.

Finally, as shown in FIG. 6C, the cross-linked lamellar lenslet 26 isimplanted into the cornea 16″″ of the host eye 10″″ of the patient inthe location where the pocket 28 was previously formed. Because theshape of the transplant corresponds to that of the pocket 28 formed inthe eye 10″″, the transplant sits comfortably in its position in thehost cornea 16″″. As described above, after implantation of thecross-linked lamellar lenslet 26 into the eye 10″″, the refractiveerrors of the eye 10″″ have been corrected because the cross-linkedlamellar lenslet 26 has been appropriately shaped to compensate for thespecific refractive errors of the host eye 10″″ prior to itsimplantation into the eye 10″″. In addition, as explained above, theimplantation of the cross-linked lamellar lenslet 26 provides additionalstability to an eye having keratoconus, keratoglobus, a thin cornea, orabnormal corneal curvature.

Another illustrative embodiment of a corneal lenslet implantationprocedure with a cross-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 8-14. In general,the procedure illustrated in these figures involves forming atwo-dimensional cut into a cornea of an eye; creating athree-dimensional pocket in the cornea of the eye, cross-linking theinterior stroma, and inserting a lenslet or lens implant into thethree-dimensional pocket after the internal stromal tissue has beencross-linked.

Initially, in FIG. 8, the forming of a two-dimensional cut 115 into thecornea 112 of the eye 110 is diagrammatically illustrated. Inparticular, as shown in the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 8, thetwo-dimensional cut 115 is formed by making an intrastromal incision inthe cornea 112 of the eye 110 using a femtosecond laser (i.e., theincision is cut in the cornea 112 using the laser beam(s) 114 emittedfrom the femtosecond laser). Alternatively, the two-dimensional cut 115may be formed in the cornea 112 of the eye 110 using a knife.

Then, in FIG. 9, the forming of a three-dimensional corneal pocket 116in the cornea 112 of the eye 110 is diagrammatically illustrated. Inparticular, as shown in the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 9, thethree-dimensional corneal pocket 116 is formed by using a spatula 118.The formation of the intracorneal pocket 116 in the cornea 112 of theeye 110 allows one to gain access to the tissue surrounding the pocket116 (i.e., the interior stromal tissue surrounding the pocket 116).

Turning again to FIGS. 8 and 9, in the illustrative embodiment, thecorneal pocket 116 formed in the cornea 112 of the eye 110 may be in theform of an intrastromal corneal pocket cut into the corneal stroma. Afemtosecond laser may be used to form a 2-dimensional cut into thecornea 112, which is then opened with a spatula 118 to create a3-dimensional pocket 116. In one embodiment, a piece of the cornea 112or a cornea which has a scar tissue is first cut with the femtosecondlaser. Then, the cavity is cross-linked before filling it with animplant or inlay 128 to replace the lost tissue with a clear flexibleinlay or implant 128 (see FIG. 12).

In one embodiment, a three-dimensional (3D) uniform circular, oval, orsquared-shaped corneal pocket 116 is cut with a femtosecond laser andthe tissue inside the pocket is removed to produce a three-dimensional(3D) pocket 116 to be cross-linked with riboflavin and implanted with aprepared implant.

After the pocket 116 is formed using the spatula 118, a photosensitizeris applied inside the three-dimensional pocket 116 so that thephotosensitizer permeates the tissue surrounding the pocket 116 (seeFIG. 10). The photosensitizer facilitates the cross-linking of thetissue surrounding the pocket 116. In the illustrative embodiment, thephotosensitizer is injected with a needle 120 inside the stromal pocket116 without lifting the anterior corneal stroma so as to cover theinternal surface of the corneal pocket 116. In one or more embodiments,the photosensitizer or cross-linker that is injected through the needle120 inside the stromal pocket comprises riboflavin, and/or a liquidsuspension having nanoparticles of riboflavin disposed therein.Preferably, the cross-linker has between about 0.1% riboflavin to about100% riboflavin therein (or between 0.1% and 100% riboflavin therein).Also, in one or more embodiments, an excess portion of thephotosensitizer in the pocket 116 may be aspirated through the needle120 until all, or substantially all, of the excess portion of thephotosensitizer is removed from the pocket 116 (i.e., the excesscross-linker may be aspirated through the same needle so that the pocket116 may be completely emptied or substantially emptied).

Next, turning to the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 11A, shortly afterthe photosensitizer is applied inside the pocket 116, the cornea 112 ofthe eye 110 is irradiated from the outside using ultraviolet (UV)radiation 122 so as to activate cross-linkers in the portion of thetissue surrounding the three-dimensional pocket 116, and thereby stiffenthe cornea 112, prevent corneal ectasia of the cornea 112, and killcells in the portion of the tissue surrounding the pocket 116. In theillustrative embodiment, the ultraviolet light used to irradiate thecornea 112 may have a wavelength between about 370 nanometers and about380 nanometers (or between 370 nanometers and 380 nanometers). Also, inthe illustrative embodiment, only a predetermined anterior stromalportion 124 of the cornea 112 to which the photosensitizer was appliedis cross-linked (i.e., the surrounding wall of the corneal pocket 116),thereby leaving an anterior portion of the cornea 112 and a posteriorstromal portion of the cornea 112 uncross-linked. That is, in theillustrative embodiment, the entire corneal area inside the cornea 112exposed to the cross-linker is selectively cross-linked, thereby leavingthe anterior part of the cornea 112 and the posterior part of the stromauncross-linked. The portion of the cornea 112 without the cross-linkeris not cross-linked when exposed to the UV radiation. In an alternativeembodiment, the cornea 112 may be irradiated using wavelengths of lightother than UV light as an alternative to, or in addition to beingirradiated using the ultraviolet (UV) radiation 122 depicted in FIG.11A. Also, microwave radiation may be used synergistically or additivelyto correct non-invasively the remaining refractive error(s) of thecornea.

Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 11B, a fiber optic 126 may be insertedinto the corneal pocket 116 so as to apply the ultraviolet radiation andactivate the photosensitizer in the wall of the corneal pocket 116. Whenthe fiber optic 126 is used to irradiate the wall of the pocket 116, theultraviolet radiation is applied internally, rather than externally asdepicted in FIG. 11A.

Now, with reference to FIG. 12, it can be seen that, after the wall ofthe corneal pocket 116 has been stiffened and is devoid of cellularelements by the activation of the cross-linkers, a lens implant 128 isinserted into the corneal pocket 116 in order to change the refractiveproperties of the eye. In particular, in the illustrated embodiment, thelens implant 128 is inserted through a small incision, and into thecorneal pocket 116, using forceps or microforceps. In one or moreembodiments, the lens implant 128 that is inserted inside the pocket 116in the cornea 112 is flexible and porous. Also, in one or moreembodiments, the lens implant 128 may comprise a hybrid lens implantwith an organic outer portion and a synthetic inner portion. The organicouter portion of the hybrid lens implant may be made from a transparent,hydrophilic organic polymer, while the synthetic inner portion of thehybrid lens implant may be made from a transparent, gas permeable,porous flexible polymer. For example, the transparent, hydrophilicpolymer forming the organic outer portion may be formed from collagen,chitosan, poloxamer, polyethylene glycol, or a combination thereof (orany other transparent hydrophilic coating which can be deposited overthe entire lens surface), while the flexible polymer forming thesynthetic inner portion of the hybrid lens implant may be formed fromsilicone, acrylic, polymetacrylate, hydrogel, or a combination thereof.The surface of the lens implant 128 may have the appropriate shape toreshape the cornea 112 or the dioptric power to nullify the remainingspheric or astigmatic error of the eye. More particularly, in one ormore embodiments, the lens implant 128 may have one of: (i) a concavesurface to correct myopic refractive errors (i.e., a minus lens forcorrecting nearsightedness), (ii) a convex surface to correct hyperopicrefractive errors (i.e., a plus lens for correcting farsightedness), or(iii) a toric shape to correct astigmatic refractive errors.

In the illustrative embodiment, the irradiation of the cornea 112 usingthe ultraviolet (UV) radiation 122 only activates cross-linkers in theportion of the stromal tissue surrounding the three-dimensional pocket116, and only kills the cells in the portion of the tissue surroundingthe pocket 116, so as to leave only a thin layer of cross-linkedcollagen to prevent an immune response and rejection of the lens implant128 and/or encapsulation by fibrocytes, while preventing post-operativedry eye formation. In addition to preventing encapsulation of the lensimplant 128 by fibrocytes, the cross-linking of the stromal tissuesurrounding the pocket 116 also advantageously prevents corneal hazeformation around the lens implant 128. That is, the cross-linking of thestromal tissue surrounding the lens implant 128 prevents formation ofmyofibroblast from surrounding keratocytes, which then convert graduallyto fibrocytes that appear as a haze, and then white encapsulation insidethe cornea, thereby causing light scattering in front of the patient'seye.

As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the crosslinking procedure described abovemay be repeated after the lens implant 128 is implanted so as to preventany cellular invasion in the area surrounding the implant 128.Initially, with reference to FIG. 13, the photosensitizer is reinjectedinside the space between the lens implant 128 and the surroundingcorneal tissue using a needle 120. In one or more embodiments, theneedle 120 for injecting the photosensitizer may comprise a 30-32 gaugeneedle. Then, after the reinjection of the cross-linker, the cornea 112is re-irradiated with ultraviolet radiation 122 to cross-link the tissuesurrounding the lens implant 128 so as to prevent cellular migrationtowards the lens implant 128 (see FIG. 14).

In one or more embodiments, the lens implant or inlay 128 may beprepared ahead of time with known techniques, wherein the inlay 128 maybe coated with a biocompatible material, such as collagen, elastin,polyethylene glycol, biotin, streptavidin, etc., or a combinationthereof. The inlay 128 and the coating may be cross-linked with aphotosensitizer or cross-linker, such as riboflavin, prior to beingimplanted into the pocket 116 in the cornea 112 of the eye.

In another embodiment, the lens implant or inlay 128 may be silicone,methacrylate, hydroxyethylmethacrylate (HEMA), or any otherbiocompatible transparent material, or a mixture thereof. The lensimplant or inlay 128 also may be coated with materials, such as collagenor elastin, and may have a desired thickness of from 2 microns to 70microns or more.

In yet another embodiment, the lens implant or inlay 128 is formed froman eye bank cornea, or a cross-linked eye bank cornea, etc. In general,there is a tremendous paucity of normal cadaver corneas for total orpartial implants, such as for a corneal transplant of a corneal inlay.Because all the cellular elements are killed during the crosslinking ofthe corneal inlay, and because the corneal collagen is cross-linked anddenatured, the remaining collagenous elements are not immunogenic whenimplanted inside the body or in the cornea of a patient. Advantageously,the prior cross-linking of the organic material, such as in the cadavercornea, permits transplantation of the corneal inlay from an animal orhuman cornea or any species of animal to another animal or human for thefirst time without inciting a cellular or humoral response by the body,which rejects the inlay. Thus, cross-linking transparent cadaverictissue for corneal transplantation, or as an inlay to modify of therefractive power of the eye, is highly beneficial to many patients whoare on the waiting list for a corneal surgery. In addition, the surgerymay be planned ahead of time without necessitating the urgency of thesurgery when a fresh cadaver eye becomes available. In one or moreembodiments, the collagens may be driven from the animal cornea, andcross-linked. Also, in one or more embodiments, the implant or inlay 128may be made of cross-linked animal cornea or human cornea that is cutusing a femtosecond laser to any desired shape and size, and thenablated with an excimer laser or cut with a femtosecond laser to a havea desired refractive power.

For example, as shown in FIG. 15, the lens implant or inlay 130 may beformed from an organic block of a polymer (e.g., donor cornea) bycutting the lens implant 130 using an excimer laser (e.g., by using thelaser beam(s) 132 emitted from the excimer laser). Alternatively,referring to FIG. 16, the lens implant or inlay 130′ may be formed froman organic block 134 of a polymer (e.g., donor cornea) by cutting thelens implant 130′ from the block 134 using a femtosecond laser or acomputerized femto-system (e.g., by using the laser beam(s) 136 emittedfrom the femtosecond laser).

In still another embodiment, as depicted in FIG. 17, the lens implant orinlay 130″ is made using three-dimensional (3D) printing technology or amolding technique in order to form the lens implant or inlay 130″ intothe desired shape, size or thickness. The transparent material of the3D-printed implant or inlay 130″ may be coated with one or morebiocompatible polymers and cross-linked prior to the implantation.

In yet another embodiment, after the implantation of an intraocularlens, the remaining refractive error of the eye may be corrected by theimplantation of a lens implant or inlay 128 in the cross-linked pocket116 of the cornea 112, thereby eliminating the need for entering the eyecavity to replace the original intraocular lens.

In still another embodiment, the remaining refractive error of the eyeis corrected after an intraocular lens implantation by placing an inlay128 on the surface of the cornea 112 of the patient while the shape ofthe cornea 112 is corrected with an excimer laser and wavefrontoptimized technology so that the patient is provided instant input onits effect on his or her vision. In this embodiment, an inlay similar toa contact lens is placed on the cornea 112 that, after correction,matches the desired refractive correction of the eye, and then,subsequently, the inlay 128 is implanted inside the cross-linked cornealpocket 116.

In yet another embodiment, the implant or inlay 128 may be ablated withan excimer laser for implantation in the cross-linked pocket 116, orafter cross-linking the exposed corneal stroma in LASIK surgery.

In still another embodiment, a small amount of hyaluronic acid or aviscous fluid is injected into the pocket 116 prior to the implantationof the implant or inlay 128 so as to simplify the insertion of theimplant or inlay 128 in the corneal pocket 116.

In yet another embodiment, the implant or inlay 128 is prepared havingfour marking holes of 0.1-2 millimeter (mm) in diameter in the inlayperiphery at an equally sized distances so that the implant 128 may berotated with a hook, if desired, after the implantation as needed tomatch the axis of an astigmatic error of the eye during the surgery asmeasured simultaneously with a wavefront technology system, such as anOptiwave Refractive Analysis (ORA) system or Holos® system, which arecommercially available for measurement of astigmatism or its axis.

In still another embodiment, the implant or inlay 128 is located on thevisual axis and may provide 1 to 3 times magnification for patientswhose macula is affected by a disease process needing magnifying glassesfor reading, such as in age-related macular degeneration, macular edema,degenerative diseases of the retina, etc. Because these eyes cannot beused normally for reading without external magnifier glasses, providingmagnification by a corneal implant to one eye assists the patients inbeing able to read with one eye and navigate the familiar environmentwith their other eye.

In yet another embodiment, a part of the corneal stroma is removed fromthe eye of the patient, and its surface is corrected with an excimerlaser to a desired refraction. Then, the removed part of the cornealstroma is cross-linked, and implanted back into the corneal pocket so asto correct the refractive power of the cornea.

In still another embodiment, the surface of the cornea 112 is treatedafter surgery in all cases daily with an anti-inflammatory agent, suchas steroids, nonsteriodal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs),immune-suppressants, such as cyclosporine A or mycophenolic acid,anti-proliferative agents, antimetabolite agents, or anti-inflammatoryagents (e.g., steroids, NSAIDS, or antibiotics etc.) to preventinflammatory processes after the corneal surgery, inlay implantation orcrosslinking, while stabilizing the integrity of the implant 128 andpreventing future cell growth in the organic implant or the adjacentacellular corneal tissue. In this embodiment, the medication is injectedin the corneal pocket 116 along with the implantation or the implant 128is dipped in the medication first, and then implanted in thecross-linked corneal pocket 116.

In yet another embodiment, a cross-linked corneal inlay is placed overthe cross-linked corneal stroma after a LASIK incision, and is abated tothe desired size with an excimer laser using a topography guidedablation. By means of this procedure, the refractive power of the eye iscorrected, while simultaneously providing stability to an eye prone toconceal ectasia postoperatively after a LASIK surgery. Then, the LASIKflap is placed back over the implant.

Yet another illustrative embodiment of a corneal lenslet implantationprocedure with a cross-linked cornea is shown in FIGS. 18-23. Ingeneral, the procedure illustrated in these figures involves initiallymaking an intrastromal square pocket surrounding the visual axis of theeye, and then, after forming the initial square pocket, athree-dimensional circular portion of diseased or weak stromal tissue iscut, removed, and replaced with a circular implant which fits into thecircle that borders the four sides of the square. A front view of thecornea 212 of the eye 210 with the centrally-located visual axis 214 isillustrated in FIG. 18. Advantageously, in the illustrative embodimentof FIGS. 18-23, corneal tissue removal around the visual axis is greatlyfacilitated, and nearly perfect centration of the lens implant or inlay220 about the visual axis is possible because the lens implant 220 fitswithin a depressed circular recess at the bottom of the pocket 216. Assuch, the undesirable decentering of the lens implant is prevented.

Initially, in FIG. 19, the forming of an intrastromal square-shapedpocket 216 surrounding the visual axis 214 (represented by a plus sign)in the cornea 212 of the eye 210 is diagrammatically illustrated. Inparticular, as shown in the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 19, thesquare-shaped pocket 216 is formed by making a two-dimensionalintrastromal incision in the cornea 212 of the eye 210 using afemtosecond laser (i.e., the incision is cut in the cornea 212 using thelaser beam(s) emitted from the femtosecond laser).

Then, in FIG. 20, the removal of a three-dimensional circular portion218 of diseased or weak stromal tissue in the cornea 212 of the eye 210is diagrammatically illustrated. In particular, as shown in theillustrative embodiment of FIG. 20, the three-dimensional circularstromal tissue portion 218 has a first diameter, which is less than awidth of the square-shaped pocket 216 so that the three-dimensionalcircular stromal tissue portion 218 is disposed within the boundaries ofthe square-shaped pocket 216. The three-dimensional circular stromaltissue portion 218′ depicted in FIG. 21 is generally similar to thatillustrated in FIG. 20, except that the three-dimensional circularstromal tissue portion 218′ depicted in FIG. 21 has a second diameterthat is slightly larger than the first diameter of the three-dimensionalcircular stromal tissue portion 218 in FIG. 20. As such, the peripheryof the three-dimensional circular stromal tissue portion 218′ depictedin FIG. 21 is disposed closer to the square-shaped pocket 216, but stillwithin the confines of the square-shaped pocket 216. In the illustrativeembodiment, the three-dimensional circular stromal tissue portion 218,218′ may be removed using forceps or micro-forceps. In an exemplaryembodiment, the diameter of the circular stromal tissue portion 218,218′ that is removed from the cornea 212 is between approximately 5millimeters and approximately 8 millimeters, inclusive (or between 5millimeters and 8 millimeters, inclusive).

In an alternative embodiment of the corneal lenslet implantationprocedure, three (3) sequential cuts may be made in the stromal portionof the cornea 212 of the eye 210 using a femtosecond laser in order toform the pocket. First, a lower circular cut or incision centered aboutthe visual axis (i.e., a lower incision with the patient in a supineposition) is made using the femtosecond laser. Then, a second verticalcut is made above the lower incision using the femtosecond laser to formthe side(s) of a circular cutout portion. Finally, a third square orcircular cut (i.e., an upper incision) is made above the vertical cutusing the femtosecond laser. In the illustrative embodiment, the lowerincision is parallel to the upper incision, and the vertical cut extendsbetween lower incision and the upper incision. In this alternativeembodiment, the three-dimensional circular stromal tissue cutout portionbounded by the lower incision on the bottom thereof, the vertical cut onthe side(s) thereof, and the upper incision on the top thereof isremoved from the cornea 212 of the eye 210 using a pair of forceps. Acavity formed by the upper incision facilitates the removal of thethree-dimensional circular stromal tissue cutout portion. As describedabove, the third cut or incision formed using the femtosecond laser maybe an upper circular cut that is larger than the lower circular cut,rather than an upper square cut that is larger than the lower circularcut.

Turning to FIG. 22, after the three-dimensional circular stromal tissueportion 218, 218′ is removed, a photosensitizer is applied inside thepocket 216 so that the photosensitizer permeates the tissue surroundingthe pocket 216. The photosensitizer facilitates the cross-linking of thetissue surrounding the pocket 216. In the illustrative embodiment, thephotosensitizer is injected with a needle 222 inside the stromal pocket216. In one or more embodiments, the photosensitizer or cross-linkerthat is injected through the needle 222 inside the stromal pocket 216comprises riboflavin, and/or a liquid suspension having nanoparticles ofriboflavin disposed therein. Preferably, the cross-linker has betweenabout 0.1% riboflavin to about 100% riboflavin therein (or between 0.1%and 100% riboflavin therein). Also, in one or more embodiments, anexcess portion of the photosensitizer in the pocket 216 may be aspiratedthrough the needle 222 until all, or substantially all, of the excessportion of the photosensitizer is removed from the pocket 216 (i.e., theexcess cross-linker may be aspirated through the same needle 222 so thatthe pocket 216 may be completely emptied or substantially emptied).

Next, turning again to the illustrative embodiment of FIG. 22, shortlyafter the photosensitizer is applied inside the pocket 216, the cornea212 of the eye 210 is irradiated from the outside using ultraviolet (UV)radiation 224 so as to activate cross-linkers in the portion of thetissue surrounding the three-dimensional pocket 216, and thereby stiffenthe cornea 212, prevent corneal ectasia of the cornea 212, and killcells in the portion of the tissue surrounding the pocket 216. In theillustrative embodiment, the ultraviolet light used to irradiate thecornea 212 may have a wavelength between about 370 nanometers and about380 nanometers (or between 370 nanometers and 380 nanometers). Also, inthe illustrative embodiment, only a predetermined anterior stromalportion of the cornea 212 to which the photosensitizer was applied iscross-linked (i.e., the surrounding wall of the corneal pocket 216),thereby leaving an anterior portion of the cornea 212 and a posteriorstromal portion of the cornea 212 uncross-linked. That is, in theillustrative embodiment, the entire corneal area inside the cornea 212exposed to the cross-linker is selectively cross-linked, thereby leavingthe anterior part of the cornea 212 and the posterior part of the stromauncross-linked. The portion of the cornea 212 without the cross-linkeris not cross-linked when exposed to the UV radiation. In an alternativeembodiment, the cornea 212 may be irradiated using wavelengths of lightother than UV light as an alternative to, or in addition to beingirradiated using the ultraviolet (UV) radiation 224 depicted in FIG. 22.Also, microwave radiation may be used synergistically or additively tocorrect non-invasively the remaining refractive error(s) of the cornea.In addition, in an alternative embodiment, the ultraviolet (UV)radiation may be applied after the implantation of the lens implant 220to perform the crosslinking, rather than before the implantation of thelens implant 220 as described above. Further, rather than applying theultraviolet (UV) radiation from outside the cornea 212, the stromaltissue of the pocket 216 may be irradiated from inside by means of afiber optic, before or after the implantation of the lens implant 220.

Now, with combined reference to FIGS. 22 and 23, it can be seen that,before or after the wall of the corneal pocket 216 has been stiffenedand is devoid of cellular elements by the activation of thecross-linkers, a circular lens implant 220 is inserted into the circularrecess at the bottom of the pocket 216 formed by the three-dimensionalcircular stromal tissue cutout portion 218, 218′ that was removed. Thatis, the circular lens implant 220 fits within the periphery of thecircular recess that borders the four sides of the squared-shaped pocket216. In particular, in the illustrated embodiment, the circular lensimplant 220 is inserted through a small incision, and into the circularrecess at the bottom of the pocket 216 using forceps or microforceps. Inthe illustrative embodiment, the flexible lens implant 220 may befolded, inserted through the small incision, placed inside the circularrecess at the bottom of the pocket 216, and finally unfolded throughthen small incision. In one or more embodiments, the lens implant 220that is inserted inside the pocket 216 in the cornea 212 is flexible andporous. Also, in one or more embodiments, the lens implant 220 maycomprise a hybrid lens implant with an organic outer portion and asynthetic inner portion. The organic outer portion of the hybrid lensimplant may be made from a transparent, hydrophilic organic polymer,while the synthetic inner portion of the hybrid lens implant may be madefrom a transparent, gas permeable, porous flexible polymer. For example,the transparent, hydrophilic polymer forming the organic outer portionmay be formed from collagen, chitosan, poloxamer, polyethylene glycol,or a combination thereof (or any other transparent hydrophilic coatingwhich can be deposited over the entire lens surface), while the flexiblepolymer forming the synthetic inner portion of the hybrid lens implantmay be formed from silicone, acrylic, polymetacrylate, hydrogel, or acombination thereof.

Advantageously, the lens implant 220 of the aforedescribed illustrativeembodiment always remains perfectly centered around the visual axis 214of the eye 210, and will not move because it is disposed within thecircular recess at the bottom of the pocket 216. As explained above, thelens implant 220 may be formed from an organic material, syntheticmaterial, polymeric material, and combinations thereof. The lens implant220 may replace either a diseased tissue or create a new refractivepower for the eye 210, as explained hereinafter.

In the illustrative embodiment, the lens implant 220 may correct therefractive errors of the eye 210. The refractive error correction may bedone by the lens implant 220 having a curvature that changes the cornealsurface of the cornea 212. Alternatively, the lens implant 220 may havea different index of refraction that corrects the refractive power ofthe cornea 212. In the illustrative embodiment, the lens implant 220 mayhave the appropriate shape to reshape the cornea 212 or the dioptricpower to nullify the remaining spheric or astigmatic error of the eye.More particularly, in one or more embodiments, the lens implant 220 mayhave one of: (i) a concave anterior surface to correct myopic refractiveerrors (i.e., a minus lens for correcting nearsightedness), (ii) aconvex anterior surface to correct hyperopic refractive errors (i.e., aplus lens for correcting farsightedness), or (iii) a toric shape tocorrect astigmatic refractive errors.

In the illustrative embodiment, the irradiation of the cornea 212 usingthe ultraviolet (UV) radiation 224 only activates cross-linkers in theportion of the stromal tissue surrounding the three-dimensional pocket216, and only kills the cells in the portion of the tissue surroundingthe pocket 216, so as to leave only a thin layer of cross-linkedcollagen to prevent an immune response and rejection of the lens implant220 and/or encapsulation by fibrocytes, while preventing post-operativedry eye formation. In addition to preventing encapsulation of the lensimplant 220 by fibrocytes, the cross-linking of the stromal tissuesurrounding the pocket 216 also advantageously prevents corneal hazeformation around the lens implant 220. That is, the cross-linking of thestromal tissue surrounding the lens implant 220 prevents formation ofmyofibroblast from surrounding keratocytes, which then convert graduallyto fibrocytes that appear as a haze, and then white encapsulation insidethe cornea, thereby causing light scattering in front of the patient'seye.

It is readily apparent that the aforedescribed corneal transplantprocedures offer numerous advantages. First, the implementation of theaforedescribed corneal transplant procedures reduces the likelihood thatthe implanted cornea will be rejected by the patient. Secondly, theaforedescribed corneal transplant procedures enable the clarity of thetransplanted cornea to be preserved. Finally, the aforedescribed cornealtransplant procedures reduce the likelihood that the transplanted corneawill be invaded by migrating cells, such as migrating cells that mightinitiate an immune response such as macrophage, lymphocytes orleucocytes or vascular endothelial cells. These types of migrating cellsare discouraged by the cross-linked corneal collagen which does notprovide an easily accessible tissue to invade. In addition, the use ofabovedescribed tissue adhesives reduces the surgical proceduresignificantly. Moreover, the aforedescribed corneal lenslet implantationprocedures modify the cornea so as to better correct ametropicconditions. Furthermore, the corneal lenslet implantation proceduresdescribed above prevent the lens implant from moving around inside thecornea once implanted, thereby ensuring that the lens implant remainscentered about the visual axis of the eye.

With reference to the illustrative embodiment of FIGS. 24-29, anexemplary method of preventing capsular opacification and fibrosisutilizing an accommodative intraocular lens implant will be explained.In general, the procedure illustrated in FIGS. 24-29 involves treatingpatients in need of cataract surgery and a replacement intraocular lens.

Initially, referring to FIG. 24, it can be seen that the eye 300undergoing cataract surgery generally includes a cornea 302, an anteriorchamber 304, an iris 306, a lens capsule or capsular bag 308, ciliarybody 309, lens zonules 310, a vitreous cavity 314, a sclera 316, and anoptic nerve 318. As shown in FIG. 24, the eye 300 has a cataract 312(i.e., a cloudy lens), thereby requiring that cataract surgery beperformed on the eye 300 of the patient.

In FIG. 25, the first stage of the removal of the cortex and nucleus ofthe natural lens of the eye 300 containing the cataract 312 isdiagrammatically illustrated. Specifically, in FIG. 25, the cloudynatural lens of the eye 300 is shown being broken apart into lensfragments by utilizing a femtosecond laser (i.e., the natural lens isbroken apart by using the laser beam(s) 320 emitted from the femtosecondlaser). The natural lens is initially broken apart into fragments sothat it is capable of being more easily removed from the lens capsule308 of the eye 300.

Then, referring to FIG. 26, the second stage of the removal of thecortex and nucleus of the natural lens of the eye 300 containing thecataract 312 is diagrammatically shown. In particular, as depicted inFIG. 26, the lens fragments of the natural lens are being removed fromthe lens capsule 308 of the eye 300 using an ultrasonic probe 322. Moreparticularly, the ultrasonic probe 322 irrigates and aspirates the lensfragments of the natural lens. In addition, the ultrasonic probe 322 mayalso be used to aspirate a substantial portion of the lens epitheliumfrom the lens capsule 308 through an additional hole made in the lenscapsule 308 and used as a bimanual system. That is, in the illustrativeembodiment, the ultrasonic probe 322 may be used to aspirate as much ofthe lens epithelium as possible from the lens capsule 308 to prevent theundesirable propagation of lens epithelium cells following the cataractsurgery.

Next, in FIG. 27, the injection of a cross-linker or photosensitizer(e.g., riboflavin) into the capsular bag 308 of the eye 300 isdiagrammatically illustrated. In particular, as shown in theillustrative embodiment of FIG. 27, the cataract 312 has been removedfrom the capsular bag 308, which leaves the vast majority of thecapsular bag 308 intact. Then, as shown in FIG. 27, a photosensitizer isapplied inside the capsular bag 308 so that the photosensitizerpermeates the tissue in both the anterior and posterior portions of thecapsular bag 308. The photosensitizer facilitates the cross-linking ofthe tissue in the anterior and posterior portions of the capsular bag308. In the illustrated embodiment of FIG. 27, the photosensitizer isinjected with a needle 324 into the capsular bag 308 of the eye 300 byinserting the needle 324 through the anterior chamber 304 of the eye300, and into the capsular bag 308 through the anterior wall of thecapsular bag 308. In one or more embodiments, the photosensitizer orcross-linker that is injected through the needle 324 into the capsularbag 308 comprises riboflavin, and/or a biocompatible fluid havingnanoparticles of riboflavin disposed therein. Preferably, thecross-linker has between about 0.1% riboflavin to about 100% riboflavintherein (or between 0.1% and 100% riboflavin therein). Also, in one ormore embodiments, an excess portion of the photosensitizer in thecapsular bag 308 may be aspirated through the needle 324 until all, orsubstantially all, of the excess portion of the photosensitizer isremoved from the capsular bag 308 (i.e., the excess cross-linker may beaspirated through the same needle 324 so that the capsular bag 308 maybe completely emptied or substantially emptied). Also, in one or moreembodiments, in order to kill the remaining lens epithelial cells thatare generally attached to the rear side of the anterior portion of thelens capsule 308, the riboflavin may be in a relatively hypotonicsolution that permits the lens cells to swell and makes them easier toremove or kill during the irradiation step described hereinafter.

Next, turning to FIG. 28, shortly after the photosensitizer is appliedinside the capsular bag 308, the entire capsular bag 308 of the eye 300(i.e., both the anterior portion and posterior portion of the lenscapsule 308) is irradiated using a fiber optic 326 deliveringultraviolet (UV) radiation 328 so as to damage the remaining lensepithelial cells with UV laser light, thereby preventing capsularopacification and fibrosis. In the illustrative embodiment, theirradiation of the lens capsule 308 includes the anterior portion of thelens capsule 308 in order to prevent growth of the damaged lensepithelial cells and prevent cell migration and opacification because,in some cases, epithelial cells are still left in the lens capsule 308after irrigation and aspiration of the lens fragments. Advantageously,the killing of the epithelial cells by irradiation prevents the furthergrowth of the lens epithelial cells, and prevents their migration towardthe posterior portion of the lens capsule 308 where they later becomeopaque. Also, in the illustrative embodiment, a painting technique maybe utilized to deliver the ultraviolet light 328 to the capsular bag 308of the eye 300 (i.e., the fiber optic 326 may be manipulated in such amanner by the surgeon so as to “paint” the ultraviolet light 328 on thecapsular bag 308). Also, in the illustrative embodiment, ultraviolet(UV) radiation 328 may have a wavelength between about 370 nanometersand about 380 nanometers (or between 370 nanometers and 380 nanometers).In an alternative embodiment, the capsular bag 308 of the eye 300 may beirradiated using another wavelength of light as an alternative to, or inaddition to being irradiated using ultraviolet (UV) radiation.

In an alternative embodiment, the anterior portion of the capsular bag308 may be irradiated from outside the capsular bag 308 rather than frominside the capsular bag 308 as depicted in FIG. 28. In this embodiment,the fiber optic 326 may be disposed in the anterior chamber 304 of theeye 300 so that the ultraviolet (UV) light may be directed towards theanterior portion of the capsular bag 308. For example, the fiber optic326 may be disposed at an acute angle relative to the capsular bag 308,but not perpendicular to the capsular bag 308 (so that the macula isprotected and not damaged by the UV light emitted from the fiber optic326).

Finally, referring to FIG. 29, it can be seen that, after the tissue ofthe capsular bag 308 has been irradiated, a transparent polymer 332 isinjected into the capsular bag 308 of the eye 300 using a needle 330 inorder to form an accommodative intraocular lens implant for replacingthe cortex and nucleus of the cloudy natural lens that was removed fromthe eye 300. In particular, in the illustrative embodiment, the needle330 for injecting the transparent polymer 332 forming the accommodativeintraocular lens is inserted into the capsular bag 308 of the eye 300through an anterior hole or holes in the lens capsule 308. The hole orholes in the anterior chamber are plugged after the transparent polymerforming the accommodative intraocular lens hardens. In the illustrativeembodiment, the transparent polymer that forms the accommodativeintraocular lens remains flexible after the transparent polymer hardensor solidifies. Also, in the illustrative embodiment, after thetransparent polymer that forms the accommodative intraocular lens isinjected into the capsular bag 308 of the eye using the needle 330, therefractive power of the accommodative intraocular lens is adjusted usinga wavefront technology unit intraoperatively so that the intraocularlens is able to be focused for a far distance without accommodation, andadditionally is able to be focused for a near distance duringaccommodation by increasing the refractive power of the intraocular lensusing the natural accommodative mechanism of the eye 300.Advantageously, intraoperative units utilizing wavefront technology arecapable of indicating perfect refraction. During the injection process,both overfilling or under filling of the capsular bag 308 is notdesirable because it does not provide proper refractive power for thelens and the eye 300.

In a further embodiment, the transparent polymer 332 that forms theaccommodative intraocular lens implant is partially polymerized wheninjected into the capsular bag 308, and the transparent polymer becomescompletely polymerized within a predetermined time period (e.g., within5 to 20 minutes) after being injected into the capsular bag 308. Ingeneral, the polymerization time of the accommodative intraocular lensimplant depends on the polymerization initiator that is used.

In one or more further embodiments, cataract surgery and glaucomasurgery with or without stent implantation may be done in a singlesession, wherein the photosensitizer is initially injected in the lenscapsule after removal of the lens cortex and the nucleus. Then, a fiberoptic is used to apply ultraviolet (UV) radiation so as to damage thelens epithelial cells and prevent their cellular proliferation.Immediately thereafter, the tissue around the surgical opening made inthe eye wall during the glaucoma surgery with or without the shuntplacement to drain the aqueous fluid outside the eye, is stained withthe photosensitizer that was injected in the lens capsule. Thephotosensitizer migrates outside the eye through the surgical hole inthe eye wall. The tissue, which is bathed by the photosensitizer (e.g.,riboflavin), is then cross-linked with UV radiation applied through afiber optic from the inside the eye or outside through the conjunctivaover the surgical hole or the shunt, regardless of the presence of astent. The procedure achieves two goals simultaneously by preventinglens epithelial proliferation in the lens capsule, and by preventingfibroblast proliferation around the surgical hole of the tube.

Now, referring to the illustrative embodiment of FIGS. 30-41, anexemplary method for prevention of capsular opacification and fibrosisafter cataract extraction, and for the prevention of fibrosis around ashunt or stent after glaucoma surgery will be explained. In general, theprocedure illustrated in FIGS. 30-41 involves treating patients in needof both cataract surgery and glaucoma surgery. In the illustrativeembodiment of FIGS. 30-41, the cataract and glaucoma surgeries areperformed sequentially. However, as described hereinafter, the cataractand glaucoma surgeries may also be performed as two separate procedures.In these embodiments, the intraocular pressure (IOP) measurement isindependent for a patient in need of cataract surgery and/or a glaucomasurgery.

Initially, referring to FIG. 30, it can be seen that the eye 400undergoing cataract surgery generally includes a cornea 402, an anteriorchamber 404, an iris 406, a lens capsule or capsular bag 408, lenszonules 410, a vitreous cavity 414, and a conjunctiva 416. As shown inFIG. 30, the eye 400 has a cataract 412 (i.e., a cloudy lens), therebyrequiring that cataract surgery be performed on the eye 400 of thepatient.

In FIG. 31, the injection of a photosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin) intothe posterior portion of the capsular bag 408 of the eye 400 isdiagrammatically illustrated. In particular, as shown in theillustrative embodiment of FIG. 31, the cataract 412 has been removedfrom the capsular bag 408, which leaves the posterior portion of thecapsular bag 408 intact. Then, as shown in FIG. 31, a photosensitizer isapplied inside the capsular bag 408 so that the photosensitizerpermeates the tissue in the posterior portion of the capsular bag 408.The photosensitizer facilitates the cross-linking of the tissue in theposterior portion of the capsular bag 408. In the illustrated embodimentof FIG. 31, the photosensitizer is injected with a needle 418 into thecapsular bag 408 of the eye 400 by inserting the needle 418 through theanterior chamber 404 of the eye 400, and into the capsular bag 408. Inone or more embodiments, the photosensitizer or cross-linker that isinjected through the needle 418 into the capsular bag 408 comprisesriboflavin, and/or a biocompatible fluid having nanoparticles ofriboflavin disposed therein. Preferably, the cross-linker has betweenabout 0.1% riboflavin to about 100% riboflavin therein (or between 0.1%and 100% riboflavin therein). Also, in one or more embodiments, anexcess portion of the photosensitizer in the capsular bag 408 may beaspirated through the needle 418 until all, or substantially all, of theexcess portion of the photosensitizer is removed from the capsular bag408 (i.e., the excess cross-linker may be aspirated through the sameneedle 418 so that the capsular bag 408 may be completely emptied orsubstantially emptied).

Next, turning to FIG. 32, shortly after the photosensitizer is appliedinside the capsular bag 408, the remaining posterior portion of thecapsular bag 408 of the eye 400 is irradiated using a fiber optic 420delivering ultraviolet (UV) radiation 422 so as to damage the remaininglens epithelial cells with UV laser light, thereby preventing capsularopacification and fibrosis. In the illustrative embodiment, a paintingtechnique may be utilized to deliver the ultraviolet light 422 to theposterior portion of the capsular bag 408 of the eye 400 (i.e., thefiber optic 420 may be manipulated in such a manner by the surgeon so asto “paint” the ultraviolet light 422 on the posterior portion of thecapsular bag 408). Also, in the illustrative embodiment, ultraviolet(UV) radiation 422 may have a wavelength between about 370 nanometersand about 380 nanometers (or between 370 nanometers and 380 nanometers).In an alternative embodiment, the posterior portion of the capsular bag408 of the eye 400 may be irradiated using another wavelength of lightas an alternative to, or in addition to being irradiated usingultraviolet (UV) radiation.

Now, with reference to FIG. 33, it can be seen that, after the cataract412 has been removed and the posterior portion of the capsular bag 408has been irradiated, an intraocular lens 424 is implanted into thecapsular bag 408 of the eye 400 in order to replace the cloudy naturallens that was removed. In particular, in the illustrative embodiment,the intraocular lens 424 is inserted into the capsular bag 408 of theeye 400 through the anterior opening 426 in the lens capsule 408.

Next, turning to FIGS. 34-38, the stent implantation and fibrosisprevention steps of the combined cataract extraction and glaucomasurgical procedure will be explained. Initially, the eye 400 with theimplanted intraocular lens 424 therein is shown in FIG. 34.

In FIG. 35, the insertion of a glaucoma stent 430 through the anteriorchamber 404, and into the subconjunctival space 432 of the eye 400 isdiagrammatically illustrated. In particular, in the illustratedembodiment, the glaucoma stent 430 may be inserted into thesubconjunctival space 432 of the eye 400 using a pair of forceps ormicroforceps 428. A detail view of the insertion of the glaucoma stent430 is shown in FIG. 36. Once inserted, the glaucoma stent 430 extendsfrom the anterior chamber 404 to the subconjunctival space 432.

Then, as shown in FIG. 37, the injection of a photosensitizer (e.g.,riboflavin) into the anterior chamber 404 so that the photosensitizerdiffuses into the tissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 430 isdiagrammatically illustrated. In particular, as shown in theillustrative embodiment of FIG. 37, a photosensitizer is applied insidethe anterior chamber 404 of the eye 400 and then a diffused stream 436of the photo sensitizer travels through the central opening of theglaucoma stent 430, and into the subconjunctival space 432 so that thephotosensitizer permeates the tissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 430.The photosensitizer facilitates the cross-linking of the tissuesurrounding the glaucoma stent 430. In the illustrated embodiment ofFIG. 37, the photosensitizer is injected with a needle 434 into theanterior chamber 404 of the eye 400 by inserting the needle 434 into theanterior chamber 404 of the eye 400, and letting the photosensitizerdiffuse through the central opening in the glaucoma stent 430. In one ormore embodiments, the photosensitizer or cross-linker that is injectedthrough the needle 434 into the anterior chamber 404 comprisesriboflavin, and/or a biocompatible fluid having nanoparticles ofriboflavin disposed therein. Preferably, the cross-linker has betweenabout 0.1% riboflavin to about 100% riboflavin therein (or between 0.1%and 100% riboflavin therein).

Next, turning to FIG. 38, shortly after the photosensitizer is appliedinside the anterior chamber 404, the subconjunctival space 432 of theeye 400 is irradiated using a fiber optic 438 carrying ultraviolet (UV)light so as to cross-link the tissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 430,thereby preventing fibrosis around the stent 430 outflow. In theillustrative embodiment, a painting technique may be utilized to deliverthe ultraviolet light to the subconjunctival space 432 of the eye 400(i.e., the fiber optic 438 may be manipulated in such a manner by thesurgeon so as to “paint” the subconjunctival space 432 with theultraviolet light). Also, in the illustrative embodiment, ultraviolet(UV) radiation may have a wavelength between about 370 nanometers andabout 380 nanometers (or between 370 nanometers and 380 nanometers). Inan alternative embodiment, the subconjunctival space 432 of the eye 400may be irradiated using another wavelength of light as an alternativeto, or in addition to being irradiated using ultraviolet (UV) radiation.

An alternative embodiment of the invention is depicted in FIG. 39. Inparticular, glaucoma drainage surgery is illustrated in FIG. 39. Asshown in FIG. 39, the eye 400 undergoing glaucoma drainage surgerygenerally includes a cornea 402, an anterior chamber 404, an iris 406, alens capsule or capsular bag 408 with an intraocular lens 424 disposedtherein, a vitreous cavity 414, a conjunctiva 416, an optic nerve 442,and a sclera 444. Similar to the application of the photosensitizerdescribed above with regard to FIG. 37, in the FIG. 39 embodiment, thephotosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin in a biocompatible fluid) is injectedinto the anterior chamber 404 of the eye 400 using a needle 434. Then, adiffused stream 436 of the photosensitizer injected from the needle 434travels through the opening or shunt 440 in the eye wall, and into thesubconjunctival space 432 so that the photosensitizer permeates thetissue surrounding the opening or shunt 440. After which, with referenceagain to FIG. 39, the subconjunctival space 432 of the eye 400 isirradiated using a fiber optic 438 carrying ultraviolet (UV) light so asto cross-link the tissue surrounding the opening or shunt 440, therebypreventing fibrosis around the opening or shunt 440 outflow. A detailview of the application of the photosensitizer to the opening or shunt440 is shown in FIG. 40. The opening or shunt 440 illustrated in FIGS.39 and 40 is located in the angle of the eye between the iris 406 andthe cornea 402. The opening or shunt 440 connects the anterior chamber404 of the eye 400 to the subconjunctival space 432.

Another alternative embodiment of the invention is depicted in FIG. 41.In particular, a stent 446 positioned in the suprachoroidal space 447 ofthe eye 400 is illustrated in FIG. 41. More particularly, the glaucomastent 446 in FIG. 41 extends from the angle of the anterior chamber 404of the eye 400 to the suprachoroidal space 447. As shown in FIG. 41, theeye 400 undergoing glaucoma surgery generally includes a cornea 402, ananterior chamber 404, an iris 406, a lens capsule or capsular bag 408with an intraocular lens 424 disposed therein, a vitreous cavity 414, anoptic nerve 442, a sclera 444, a retina 448, and a choroid 450. Similarto the application of the photosensitizer described above with regard toFIG. 39, in the FIG. 41 embodiment, the photosensitizer (e.g.,riboflavin in a biocompatible fluid) is injected into the anteriorchamber 404 of the eye 400 using a needle 434. Then, a diffused stream436 of the photosensitizer injected from the needle 434 travels throughthe glaucoma stent 446 in the suprachoroidal space 447 of the eye 400,and into the suprachoroidal space 447 so that the photosensitizerpermeates the tissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 446. After which,with reference again to FIG. 41, the suprachoroidal space 447 of the eye400 is irradiated using a fiber optic 438 carrying ultraviolet (UV)laser light so as to cross-link the tissue surrounding the glaucomastent 446, thereby preventing fibrosis around the glaucoma stent 446outflow.

In another embodiment, the application of the photosensitizer and theirradiation of the tissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 446 is repeatedone or more additional times to cross-link the tissue surrounding thestent 446 again so as to prevent any cellular invasion in the areasurrounding the stent 446.

In still another embodiment, the cataract surgery and the glaucomasurgery with or without stent implantation is done in two sessions.Initially, the photosensitizer is used to kill the lens epithelial cellsusing a fiber optic applying ultraviolet (UV) radiation, while in asubsequent glaucoma surgery with or without a stent, a photosensitizer(e.g., riboflavin) is injected in the anterior chamber after theglaucoma surgery with or without a stent and the wall of the outflowhole and the tissue in the subconjunctival space is then irradiated withultraviolet (UV) light from the external side with a fiber optic in apainting fashion with the desired power to cross-link the collagenoustissue around the eye wall opening or around the stent to kill thecells, thereby preventing the cells from migrating in the surgical areaand closing the outflow channel.

In yet another embodiment, in a previous glaucoma surgery involving ashunt or drainage tube, a minimal amount (e.g., 0.02 to 0.1 millilitersor less) of the photosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin) is injected in theanterior chamber of the eye so as to diffuse out of the surgicallycreated hole or a shunt. Then, immediately thereafter, ultraviolet (UV)radiation is applied in an oscillatory painting fashion over the end ofthe drainage tube or stent, or over the surgically produced opening, atthe desired power and duration in order to cross-link the tissue thatcomes into contact with the photosensitizer, etc.

In still another embodiment, the radiation is done shortly afterinjection of the photosensitizer (e.g., 5 to 60 seconds thereafter) orslightly longer after injection of the photosensitizer to preventcrosslinking or damage to the conjunctival superficial vessels or theconjunctival epithelial surface, so as to only crosslink the deeperlaying tissue of the subtenon space or choroidal tissue immediately incontact with the photosensitizer over the pars plana. This process maybe repeated to stabilize the tissue and further prevent tissue adhesionand encapsulation of the drainage shunt.

In one embodiment, the implant has a collagenous coating. The device maybe in the form of a stent or a glaucoma drainage device connecting thefluid produced inside the eye to outside, either in the choroid or underthe conjunctiva. The collagen coating can be conjugated with aphotosensitizer that can be cross-linked after implantation withultraviolet (UV) radiation or another wavelength of light that isapplied to cross-link the collagen surrounding the implant, and toprevent cell growth or migration over the implant and encapsulation ofthe implant. Advantageously, by preventing cell growth or migration overthe implant and the encapsulation of the implant, the aqueous fluid hasunimpeded access to the subconjunctival space or the choroidal space.

In another embodiment, a collagen conjugated with a photosensitizer isinjected surrounding the body of the implant after the stent or shuntimplantation, and then the polymeric collagen and the surrounding tissueis cross-linked so as to provide an area for diffusion of fluid, and tokill the surrounding cells and prevent encapsulation of the implant or apart of it.

In yet another embodiment, the photosensitizer may be injected in thelens capsule after removal of the lens nucleus and the lens cortex so asto cross-link the remaining lens epithelial cells with ultraviolet (UV)light applied through a fiber optic in a painting fashion with anappropriate power to damage the epithelial cells prior to implantationof an intraocular lens (IOL), thereby preventing encapsulation and cellproliferation of the remaining epithelial lens cells in the lens capsulethat create a fibrous-like encapsulation closing the space between theanterior and posterior leaflet of the remaining lens capsule or aroundan implanted intraocular lens. This cell proliferation causes asignificant posterior capsular opacification about 3 to 12 months aftercataract surgery in over 80% of the patients, or the implant may betilted as a result of force applied to it, thus requiring laser surgeryto cut the capsule open for the patient to have a clear view to theoutside for uninterrupted light to reach the retina.

Now, referring to FIGS. 42-46, another embodiment of a glaucoma stent520 and a surgical procedure using the stent 520 will be described.Initially, referring to the perspective view of the stent 520 in FIG.42, it can be seen that the glaucoma stent 520 comprises a flexible tubewith an external coating 522 disposed on the outside of the stent 520and an internal coating 524 disposed on the inside of the stent 520. Theexternal and internal stent coating 522, 524 is very important for thesurgical procedure. Unless the external and internal stent coating 522,524 is done with a substance, such as collagen, elastin, and/orpolyethylene glycol (PEG), the stent 520 can irritate the surroundingtissue and excite cell migration and encapsulation. The coating may beapplied to the stent 520 before or after the implantation of the stent520. Preferably, the glaucoma stent 520 is formed from a solid,flexible, or semi-flexible material. For example, the stent material maybe silicone-based or a mixture of polymers (e.g. acrylic andHydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), or HEMA alone, etc.) that preferablycreate a soft stent 520 for its placement under the conjunctiva of theeye. However, the stent 520 may also be implanted under the sclera ofthe eye. The glaucoma stent 520 may have a diameter betweenapproximately 50 microns and approximately 700 microns (or between 50microns and 700 microns), and the stent 520 may have a length betweenapproximately 5 millimeters (mm) and approximately 15 millimeters (orbetween 5 millimeters and 15 millimeters). The diameter and the lengthof the stent 520 ultimately determine how much fluid is drained at acertain, desired intraocular pressure. This may also be decided by thedoctor by him or her choosing a stent 520 that provides the desiredpressure inside the patient's eye. In one embodiment, the glaucoma stent520 may be three-dimensionally (3D) printed, and then coated as known inthe art.

In one embodiment, the glaucoma stent 520 may be coated with aphotosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin) before being implanted into the eye.Then, after the glaucoma stent 520 is implanted in the eye, thephotosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin) may be released by the glaucoma stent520 into the tissue surrounding the stent 520.

Next, turning to FIG. 43, a syringe 536 for implantation of the glaucomastent 520 will be briefly described. As shown in FIG. 43, the syringe536 comprises a sharp needle portion 538 for penetrating the tissue, apiston portion 540 for implanting the stent 520 into its desiredlocation, and a plunger 542 for driving the piston 540, which in turn,drives the stent 520 into the tissue of the patient.

Now, referring to the illustrative embodiment of FIGS. 44-46, anexemplary surgical procedure using the stent 520 will be explained.Initially, referring to FIGS. 44-46, it can be seen that the eye 500undergoing surgery generally includes a cornea 502, an anterior chamber504, an iris 506, a lens capsule or capsular bag 508 with an intraocularlens 530 disposed therein, lens zonules 510, a vitreous cavity 512, aconjunctiva 514, a sclera 518, a retina 526, and an optic nerve 528.

In FIG. 44, liquid collagen and hyaluronic acid with or without aphotosensitizer is initially injected in the subconjunctival space usinga needle 544 so as to create a space (i.e., a bleb) for the stent 520.When the solution comprising the liquid collagen and the hyaluronic acidis subsequently cross-linked with ultraviolet light or anotherwavelength of light, a honeycomb structure is formed in thesubconjunctival space around the stent outflow, thereby facilitating thedraining of aqueous fluid from the stent. As such, when the stent 520 issubsequently positioned in liquid collagen that is cross-linked at theend of the surgery, the scar forming cells in the Tenon's capsule underthe conjunctiva are killed, and the aqueous fluid is capable ofdiffusing through the stent 520.

Next, the glaucoma stent 520 is implanted into the conjunctiva 514 ofthe eye 500 using the syringe 536 described above. The syringe 536 isessentially loaded with the stent 520, and then the sharp needle portion538 of the syringe 536 is used to penetrate the eye wall before thestent 520 is unloaded by the syringe 536. After the stent 520 isdelivered into the tissue, the syringe 536 is withdrawn from the eye500. Once inserted, the glaucoma stent 520 extends from the anteriorchamber 504 to the subconjunctival space 515.

The cross-linked subconjunctival space or bleb may be createdimmediately before the implantation of the stent 520 during a singlesurgical procedure so as to prepare the space first so that the end ofthe stent 520 enters the cross-linked subconjunctival space during thesurgery. Alternatively, the cross-linked subconjunctival space or blebmay be created during a first surgical procedure, and then the stent 520may be implanted thereafter during a second, separate surgicalprocedure. In this alternative embodiment, the second surgical proceduremay be performed a significant time after the first surgical procedure.The cross-linked subconjunctival space or bleb may be irradiated usingeither an external ultraviolet light or a handheld fiber optic connectedto a laser that is placed close to the space or bleb and the tissue thatwill surround the stent 520 (i.e., the corneoscleral tissue). Thistissue may be irradiated for 5 to 20 minutes so as to cross-link thetissue.

Then, after the implantation of the stent 520 in the conjunctiva 514 ofthe eye, the photosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin in a biocompatible fluid)is injected into the eye 500 using a needle 516 (see FIG. 45). That is,similar to that described above, the photosensitizer or cross-linker isinjected using the needle 516 into the anterior chamber 504 of the eye500 after the implantation of the stent 520. The photosensitizerinjected from the needle 516 travels through the glaucoma stent 520, andinto the subconjunctival space 515 of the eye 500 so that thephotosensitizer permeates the tissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 520.After which, at the end of the surgical procedure, the stent 520 and theareas surrounding the stent 520, both inside and outside, arecross-linked. In particular, with reference to FIG. 46, an inflow end ofthe glaucoma stent 520 proximate to the anterior chamber 504 of the eye500 is irradiated using a fiber optic 532 carrying ultraviolet (UV)laser light so as to cross-link the tissue surrounding the glaucomastent 520, thereby preventing fibrosis around the glaucoma stent 520.Also, as shown in FIG. 46, an outflow end of the glaucoma stent 520 inthe subconjunctival space 515 of the eye 500 is irradiated using a fiberoptic 534 carrying ultraviolet (UV) laser light so as to cross-link thetissue surrounding the glaucoma stent 520, thereby preventing fibrosisaround the glaucoma stent 520 outflow.

Next, an illustrative embodiment of a method of implanting a cornealintraocular pressure sensor in an eye of a patient will be describedbelow with reference to FIGS. 47-53. In general, the procedure involvesthe steps of forming a pocket in a cornea of an eye so as to gain accessto tissue surrounding the pocket, applying a photosensitizer inside thepocket so that the photosensitizer permeates at least a portion of thetissue surrounding the pocket, irradiating the cornea so as to activatecross-linkers in the portion of the tissue surrounding the pocket, andinserting an intracorneal implant comprising a pressure sensor into thepocket after the tissue has been cross-linked. The pressure sensor ofthe intracorneal implant is configured to measure the intraocularpressure of the eye of the patient. As shown in FIGS. 47-53, the eye 610undergoing the implantation of the pressure sensor generally includes acornea 612, an iris 626, a lens 628, and an anterior chamber 632.

Initially, a pocket is formed in the cornea of the eye so as to gainaccess to tissue surrounding the pocket. In the illustrative embodiment,referring to FIG. 47, a two or three-dimensional portion of stromaltissue is first cut out from the cornea of the eye using a femtosecondlaser (i.e., an incision 636 is first cut in the cornea 612 of the eye610 using the laser beam(s) 634 emitted from the femtosecond laser).Then, the three-dimensional cut portion of the cornea 612 is removedusing forceps so as to create a three-dimensional pocket for receivingthe intracorneal implant. The formation of the three-dimensional pocketcreates a cavity so that, when the intracorneal implant is placed in it,the implant will not exert any pressure on the stromal tissue of thecornea.

In one or more embodiments, an intrastromal corneal pocket is created inthe peripheral part of the cornea involving 1 to 4 millimeter (mm) areasin width located between the cornea and the anterior sclera using afemtosecond laser. Prior to the laser application, if needed, theperipheral conjunctival capillaries are bleached out with a low dose ofvasoconstrictive medication, such as 0.5% to 1% phenylephrine appliedlocally with a cotton swab applicator, and/or a low dose (0.1 to 2%)hyaluronic acid in a fluid is applied to make the corneal limbus areatransparent.

In one or more embodiments, the three-dimensional pocket 624 formed inthe peripheral portion of the cornea extends between 1 degree and 360degrees around the corneal periphery (refer to the front view of FIG.51), and the three-dimensional pocket is located at a predetermineddistance from the Bowman's membrane in the corneal periphery of the eye.

In one or more embodiments, one or two incisions are used depending onthe size of the pocket to access the intrastromal incision. Then, acurved probe is used to separate the remaining corneal adhesion betweenthe walls of the incision, so as to create a pocket for the injection ofa photosensitizer (i.e., a cross-linker).

After the three-dimensional pocket 624 is formed, a photosensitizer isapplied inside the three-dimensional pocket 624 so that thephotosensitizer permeates the tissue surrounding the pocket (refer toFIG. 48). The photosensitizer facilitates the cross-linking of thetissue surrounding the pocket 624. In the illustrative embodiment, aphotosensitizer (i.e., a cross-linker), such as riboflavin, is injectedwith a needle 638 (see FIG. 48) at a concentration of about 0.5% to 4%in a biocompatible fluid, such as a physiological saline solution, etc.,in a volume of 0.01 milliliters (ml) to 1 milliliters (ml) as needed forthe extent of the pocket 624 to cover the internal walls of the cornealpocket 624 for a desired duration for the photo sensitizer to penetrateat least 20 microns beyond the corneal pocket 624 in the corneal stroma.This will take about a few seconds to about 30 seconds, while avoidingthe crosslinking of the entire remaining wall of the cornea 612. In theillustrative embodiment, an effort is made to limit the corneal stainingwith the photosensitizer to the wall of the pocket 624 so that thephotosensitizer never reaches the anterior or posterior full thicknessof the cornea 612.

In one or more embodiments, 0.01 milliliters (ml) to 0.1 milliliters(ml) of 0.02 to 2% concentration lidocaine or bupivacaine solution maybe injected alone or along with the photosensitizer in the cornealpocket 624 to anesthetize the cornea for a duration of 10 to 15 hours,thereby eliminating pain sensation or discomfort of the surgery.

In one or more embodiments, the width of the corneal pocket 624 may be 1to 3 millimeters (mm), as needed. The pocket may be circular,semi-circular, C-shaped, doughnut-shaped, rectangular, or any othersuitable shape.

Next, in the illustrative embodiment, shortly after the photosensitizeris applied inside the pocket 624, the cornea 612 of the eye 610 isirradiated from the outside using ultraviolet (UV) radiation 640 so asto activate cross-linkers in the portion of the tissue surrounding thethree-dimensional pocket 624, and thereby stiffen a wall of the pocketand kill cells in the portion of the tissue surrounding the pocket.

In the illustrative embodiment, ultraviolet (UV) radiation 640 at adesired power of 0.5 to 50 mW/cm2 and a duration 1 to 15 minutes isapplied to the cornea 612 of the eye 610 from outside in a stationarymanner (see FIG. 49), or using a continuous painting or oscillatorytechnique with a focused small-sized spots of 1 to 4 millimeters (mm)and high energy to cover the width of the pocket, and to activate thephotosensitizer in the corneal pocket 624, and thereby crosslink thecollagen of the corneal stroma 642 surrounding the corneal pocket 624,kill all cells located within the cross-linked corneal area whileproviding a physical stability to the wall of the corneal pocket andpreventing the wall from adhering to itself or to a future implant. Inother embodiments, if a photosensitizer other than riboflavin is used,radiation with another wavelength of light may be applied to the cornea612 of the eye 610 to cross-link the collagen of the corneal stroma 642surrounding the corneal pocket 642.

In one or more embodiments, ultraviolet (UV) radiation at the desiredpower in a form of stationary or focused light for a duration of 1 to 5minutes is applied, as needed, depending on the size of the pocket 624,and when using the painting method, the ultraviolet radiation is appliedfor 1 to 20 minutes depending on the size of the pocket 624. The powerused for the UV radiation and the focal spot size of the laser that isused depends on the power of the radiation and the length of the pocket624. The radiation may be applied externally, or via a fiber optic 644inserted inside the pocket 624 in a painting fashion (see FIG. 50), soas to activate the photosensitizer and cross-link the collagen of thecorneal stroma 642 surrounding the corneal pocket 624, thereby killingall cells located within the cross-linked cornea 642 while preventingencapsulation, cell migration, or rejection of the implant, and alsoproviding an amorphous wall between the implant and the rest of thecorneal stroma creating a vascular free zone only to the extent that thecross-linker has penetrated in the cornea surrounding the implant. Theradiation is applied a short time after the cross-linker is injected inthe pocket 624.

In one or alternative embodiments, the cornea is cross-linked fromoutside by dropping a cross-linker, such as riboflavin, at concentrationof 1-2% in a physiological solution having dextran or hyaluronic acid orchondroitin sulfate over the corneal epithelium or denuded cornealepithelium for a period of time of 15 to 30 minutes. After which, thecornea 612 is cross-linked with the UV laser light for 10 to 50 minutesdepending on the power of the UV laser applied, then waiting aftercross-linking for a period of 3-4 weeks to implant the intraocularpressure sensor in the cross-linked cornea as described above.

Now, with reference to FIGS. 51-53, it can be seen that, after theportion of the tissue surrounding the pocket 624 has been stiffened andis devoid of cellular elements by the activation of the cross-linkers,an intracorneal implant comprising a pressure sensor 618 is insertedinto the three-dimensional pocket 624 formed in the cornea 612 of theeye 610, which is in a location anteriorly disposed relative to the iris626 and the lens 628. As shown in these figures, in the illustrativeembodiment, the intracorneal implant is equipped with a pressure sensor618, such as a capacitor, located in the corneal periphery of the eye610. Also, as best shown in the sectional view of FIG. 53, the pressuresensor 618 of the intracorneal implant is equipped with a needle 630that penetrates the rest of the cornea 612 and opens in the anteriorchamber 632 of the eye 610 to measure the intraocular pressure directlyby a portion of the sensor 618 being disposed inside the needle 630without obstructing the central vision through the central cornea 614(e.g., refer to FIG. 51). Turning to FIGS. 51 and 52, it can be seenthat the sensor 618 is equipped with an antenna 622 that can transmitthe information about the intraocular pressure for a duration of 24hours and beyond while a receiver located outside of the eye 610 (e.g, areceiver on a regular eyeglass frame) receives the information andrecords and/or transmits the information to another remote device. Theinformation is transmitted to a processor that transmits the informationon the intraocular pressure uninterruptedly for years after implantationover a substantial distance to a doctor's computer or the patient'scomputer. The capabilities of the present invention are in starkcontrast to the aforedescribed conventional contact lenses that can becarried only for 24 hours on the cornea to measure the intraocularpressure (IOP). If the conventional contact lenses are left on thecornea for a long time (i.e., greater than 24 hours), they can affectthe integrity of the cornea, interfere with the oxygen and nutrition ofthe cornea, and ultimately lead to corneal abrasion or an infection.

In one or more embodiments, two-dimensional or three-dimensional stromaltissue is cut and/or removed with a femtosecond laser depending on thethickness of the sensor 618 and the antenna 622 and the location wherethe implant will be placed. As such, a pocket space 624 is created forthe intracorneal implant to stay in place without exerting pressure onthe remaining cornea 612 (see FIG. 52). As described above, after thepocket 624 is formed, it is followed by the cross-linking of the wall ofthe pocket so that the corneal pocket is cross-linked.

In one or more embodiments, the surface of the intraocular implant iscoated with albumin or collagen, or another organic polymer, etc. thatcan absorb the photosensitizer after the implant is dipped in thephotosensitizer and implanted in the corneal pocket. The photosensitizerleaks out of the polymeric coating of the implant into the cornealstroma, and then ultraviolet (UV) radiation at the desired power andduration is applied externally to activate the photosensitizer in thecorneal pocket 624 and the implant coating to cross-link the collagensurrounding the implant, while killing all cells located within thecross-linked cornea, providing physical stability to the cornea,preventing the adhesion or gluing of the implant to the surroundingtissue, and preventing fibrous ingrowth or encapsulation, which can leadto an implant rejection. Also, advantageously, the cross-linking of thecorneal pocket 624 makes it possible to exchange the implant when neededwithout the occurrence of much trauma to the cornea 612, because theprior cross-linking eliminates the cells that cause adhesion between thecornea 612 and the implant.

In one or more embodiments, if needed in the postoperative period, thecross-linking of the wall of the intraocular implant can be repeated byinjection of riboflavin with a 33 gauge needle in the space between theimplant and the wall of the cavity in which the implant resides, andthen the cornea 612 with the implant may be subsequently cross-linkedwith ultraviolet (UV) radiation to prevent encapsulation of the implantthat makes the inspection of the implant in the post-operative perioddifficult.

In one or more embodiments, the intraocular implant has a small diameterneedle 630 (see FIG. 53) of 23 to 34 gauge with a capacitor sensor or ananocomposite pressure sensor disposed in the inside thereof, positionedat a 90 degree angle relative to the body of the implant, and exposed tothe aqueous fluid so as to measure the intraocular pressure (IOP) of theeye 610. The pressure sensor 618 of the intraocular implant isoperatively connected to the processor of the implant, and to theantenna 622 and radio frequency (RF) generator 620 of the implant (seeFIG. 51). The electrical energy for the radio frequency (RF) generatoris provided by a small battery that can be charged from outside as it isdone with inductive coupling using an electromagnetic field thattransfers energy from a transmitter to a receiver, as known in the art.The needle 630 with the capacitor sensor inside it, penetrates theremaining corneal stroma located in the corneal periphery with minimalpressure, and is open to the inside of the anterior chamber 632 (seeFIG. 53). In one or more embodiments, the needle 630 is less than 500microns in length and less than 200 microns in diameter, and remainspermanently in the anterior chamber 632 of the eye 610, without excitinga tissue response due to its cross-linked surface and its size, but canalso be removed or replaced with ease. The intraocular pressure (IOP)values measured by the capacitor sensor are transmitted to a processor(e.g., a microprocessor), which is operatively coupled with the radiofrequency (RF) generator 620, which transmits the information to remotedevices by the means of the antenna 622. Because the wall of the cornealpocket 624 is cross-linked, it will not produce a scar around theimplant and its sensor 618, radio frequency (RF) generator 620, andantenna 622, thus permitting direct visual inspection of the implant,which is capable of being removed and/or replaced if needed.

In one or more embodiments, the intraocular implant may be assembledduring the surgery after the cross-linked pocket 624 is created.Initially, the antenna 622 is placed in the cross-linked pocket 624 thatis disposed radially inward from the limbus 616 of the eye 610 (see FIG.51), and then the sensor 618 and the radio frequency (RF) generator 620are placed in the corneal pocket 624 and connected to the antenna 622 asa part of a minimally invasive surgery in the corneal periphery. Thecapacitor sensor is located inside the needle 630, and the tip of theneedle 630 is pushed gently in the anterior chamber 632 of the eye 610so as to measure the intraocular pressure (IOP) directly, continuously,and precisely from the inside of the eye 610. The sensor 618 with smallneedle 630 and the radio frequency (RF) generator 620 are located in thecorneal periphery avoiding interfering with the patient's vision. Incontrast to the other aforementioned conventional technologies, thisimplant does not need an intraocular surgery for its implantation andthe natural crystalline lens 628 of the eye 610 does not need to beremoved in order to obtain permanent intraocular pressure (IOP)information for the eye 610.

In one or more embodiments, prior to the insertion of the intracornealimplant into the pocket 624 of the eye 610, a predetermined amount ofhyaluronic acid or a viscous biocompatible material is injected into thepocket 624 so as to simplify the insertion of the intracorneal implantin the cross-linked pocket 624.

In one or more embodiments, the pressure sensor and transmitter of theintraocular implant are located inside the peripheral cross-linkedpocket 624 of the cornea 612 of the eye 610 that does not occupy thecentral corneal region 614 of the eye 610. Because the central cornealregion 614 of the eye 610 remains open with the intracorneal implant,the intraocular pressure (IOP) may also be measured by a Goldmannapplanation tonometer placed on the central part 614 of the cornea 612that is exposed. Because the implant described herein is peripherallydisposed, the central corneal region 614 of the eye 610 is not coveredby a conventional contact lens pressure sensor, as described above.Therefore, the intraocular pressure (IOP) can be measured by anophthalmologist in two ways using a Goldman applanation tonometer and bymeans of the pressure sensor of the intracorneal implant located in theanterior chamber 632 of the eye 610. Advantageously, the ability to takethese dual intraocular pressure (IOP) measurements provides a means ofcomparison between the values obtained by the intraocular pressuresensor and the Goldmann applanation tonometer to correlate or properlyadjust the values obtained from the corneal intraocular pressure (IOP)sensor so as to ensure that measurements by the corneal intraocularpressure (IOP) sensor represent the true intraocular pressure (IOP) ofthe eye 610, and so the corneal intraocular pressure (IOP) sensor iscapable of being properly adjusted using the software of the processorof the corneal intraocular pressure (IOP) sensor. The informationobtained with the corneal intraocular pressure (IOP) sensor is alsocapable of being transmitted remotely via the radio frequency (RF)generator 620, and recorded and forwarded to an ophthalmologist who, inturn, can control the intraocular pressure (IOP) by medication orsurgery.

In one or more embodiments, the transmitter of the intracorneal implantmay be implanted separately from the pressure sensor 618 during thesurgery, but then reconnected during the implantation.

Advantageously, the surgical implantation method and the cornealintraocular pressure (IOP) sensor described herein is capable ofmeasuring the intraocular pressure (IOP) all day and night for a longperiod of time (e.g., weeks, months, or years), and then recording theintraocular pressure data that is measured so that an ophthalmologistcan control the intraocular pressure (IOP) of the patient's eye bymedication or surgery.

Any of the procedures described herein can be used alone, or inconjunction with, simultaneously with, before or after any otherprocedure, method or device that would treat or monitor glaucoma,prevent capsular opacification and fibrosis after cataract extractionduring cataract surgery and/or prevent fibrosis around a shunt or stentafter glaucoma surgery.

Illustrative embodiments of a drug delivery implant and methods usingthe same will now be described hereinafter. In accordance with thevarious embodiments described herein, in order to provide the medicationto the anterior and posterior part of the eye with a slow release drugsystem, it is required to create an immune privileged space inside thecornea to keep the cellular response away and prevent production ofcytokine by them, and position the device outside the central visualaxis so that the device would not interfere with the patient's vision.

In the embodiments described herein, the device is placed in the farcorneal periphery so that it will not affect the vision or visual fieldof the patient, and so that it has created a so-called artificial“immune-privilege” which does not generate an immune response from thebody while fluid, soluble medications or nano-particulates andmicro-particulates can travel through it. See, for example, FIGS.63A-70B.

Because of the location of the implant inside the cornea, the releasedmedication bypasses the epithelial barrier of the cornea, whileproviding medication in a slow manner by diffusion to the anterior partof the cornea, to the sclera, to the conjunctival tissue, and to theposterior segment of the eye including the retina, choroid, and theoptic nerve head. This technique can provide similar immune-privilegedspaces in other part of the body so that devices implanted there are notencapsulated.

The drug delivery system of the embodiments described herein may beconstructed so that it can have direct access to the anterior chamber,if needed, for both obtaining repeatedly a fluid biopsy from the eye ordeliver medication(s) directly inside the eye in a fast or slow releasemanner, or for reducing the intraocular pressure of the eye by creatinga minor flow through a porous implanted stent or tube through thecorneal limbus without inducing a fibrous encapsulation of the stent.The stent can ameliorate also corneal dryness caused by dry eyesyndrome. The stent can also be equipped with a pressure sensorindicating directly the intraocular pressure and communicating it with aradiofrequency device to outside the eye to a receiver or a processor.As one example, as shown in FIG. 62, the implant 744 may comprise aclosed end 746 and a needle 748 for tissue penetration so that theimplant 744 is capable of being used for taking liquid biopsies. Inaddition, stem cells or other cells can reside in, for example, atubular implant, while having access to the oxygen and nutrients throughthe artificial barrier in an appropriately prepared corneal pocket.However the porous tubular implant permits these cells to migrateelsewhere in the eye or remain in place without being attacked by body'scellular response. Because the cellular body immune response isdependent on the production of the cells close to the implant or aforeign body to be taken up by the dendritic cells of the body at thatlocation by creating a cell free space around the implant made oftransparent amorphous cross-linked collagen. The invention of theembodiments described herein has eliminated the incentive for a MajorHistocompatibility Complex (MHC) to occur. Because these MHC are presenton the cell surface of the body cells to be activated in the productionof an immune response. The release of theses cytokines activates thecellular immune system of the body to either eliminate the threat orisolate the device from the body completely by fibrocytes, therebybuilding a dense membrane (i.e., scar) around the implant. However, thecross-linked collagen permits the diffusion of water and small moleculespermitting the needed growth factors from the incorporated stem cellsplaced inside the tubular implant needed for survival and the health ofthe cornea, retina etc.

Though this mechanism is very effective and useful, it affects thefunction of an implant that usually either releases a needed medicationor measures or controls the release of a medication (e.g., measuring theblood glucose level and/or releasing insulin according to the glucoselevel found in the blood, etc.).

In order to isolate an implant in the body while preventing the immunecell to gain access to the device or build a membranous scar tissuearound it, a method has been developed to isolate the implant in thebody by killing all the cells adjacent to an implant, while maintaininga fluid-filled area around the implant or creating a barrier out of thesurrounding tissue containing collagen and cross-linking the tissue invivo. This barrier protects the implant from the antigen presentingdendritic cells in the tissue, while permitting the soluble medicationor nano-sized particulate material to pass through the barrier so as totreat a pathological process in the body. One can also monitor the levelof the analytes in the tissue fluid (e.g., aqueous fluid levels ofglucose), which is a representative of the blood glucose level in theblood, from which it is originated. Aqueous level of most if notanalytes found in the blood and could be used effectively to provideinformation on the health or disease processes affecting the eye or thebody as a whole.

In the embodiments herein, implantation of a drug delivery device isdescribed for the release or monitoring and controlling of a diseaseprocess in the eye, while crosslinking the tissue around the implant orimplants (if more than one implant is provided). In any of theembodiments described herein, a plurality of drug delivery implants maybe used (e.g., for delivering different medications), rather than asingle drug delivery implant.

The technology described herein may be applied for any other deviceimplantation in the body regardless of the location in the body. One ofthe benefits of the technology is that, if the device needs to bereplaced, it can be done easily without dealing with the scar tissueformation that otherwise forms and makes the removal or replacement ofthe implant very complex because the tissue adhesions that usually formsbetween the tissue and the device.

One can use this concept described herein for diagnosis or therapy indiseases affecting the cornea, a metabolic disorder, genetic disorder,glaucoma, an infection affecting the eye or another portion of the body,a disease or disorder affecting the front or the back part of the eye orthe conjunctiva or lens, an aging process, such as dry eye formation,retinal diseases including infective processes, genetic diseasesrequiring gene therapy (e.g., retinitis pigmentosa, etc. or metabolicdisorders such as diabetes, etc.).

In one embodiment, if the media is clear, a two dimensional intrastromalcorneal incision is created that is subsequently converted into a pocketin the corneal stroma using a femtosecond laser or a mechanical cuttingsystem. The femtosecond laser passes through the clear media of thecornea. When the laser beam is focused inside the cornea, one canproduce a two-dimensional cut or a three-dimensional cut around a thinpart of the tissue that is removed to desired space, shape, depth, andlocation.

In another embodiment, in opaque elastic tissue (e.g., skin), one canuse a knife or a syringe needle ending in a sharp cutting tip to cut apocket in the tissue. If needed, the incision simultaneously involvesremoval of a three-dimensional tissue surrounding the surgical pocket tocreate some additional space for the implant using a similar cuttinginstrument, in the skin or soft tissue. In general, a cut creates aflexible three-dimensional space that can be filled with an implant. Theimplant is placed inside the needle and can be expelled from the needleby the syringe into the space created by knife.

In one or more embodiments, an injectable anesthetic (e.g., lidocaine orBupivacaine) in a desired non-toxic preparation or concentration of0.1-2% or more in a physiologic solution with, but preferably without, apreservatives, is injected in the corneal pocket to anesthetize thecornea postoperatively for a period up to 8-12 hours (e.g., if a PRKprocedure is contemplated or after a corneal inlay implantation toprevent pain sensation completely in the postoperative period). Thiseliminates subjecting the entire corneal epithelium or the conjunctivalepithelial cells to the damaging effect of topical anesthesia, whichdelays corneal re-epithelialization or conjunctival epithelial cells.Generally, the topical preservatives present in the topical anesthesiadamages the cells that are bathed in them, and at times affects theregeneration of these cells (i.e., corneal epithelial or conjunctivalcells) if applied frequently. Also, it may produce addiction to thetopical anesthesia for eliminating the pain sensation caused by the lossof the corneal epithelial cells, whereas the injectable anesthetic doesnot damage the epithelial cells, including the nerve cells or theiraxons, except for blocking temporarily the neuronal transmission.

In one or more embodiments, the collagen cross-linker is mixed with theintracorneal locally injectable anesthetic, and injected simultaneouslyor sequentially in the corneal pocket.

In one or more embodiments, the pocket is filled with a biocompatibleimplant or implants (if more than one implant is provided) made oforganic or non-organic material, or a mixture of it, and the implant isused for drug delivery. The implant may further be coated with abiocompatible material, such as collagen, elastin, polyethylene glycol,biotin and streptavidin, etc., as known in the art, or a compositionthereof, to make the implant more biocompatible. The implant and/or thecoating can be cross-linked with a cross-linker with the desiredthickness and shape before or after implantation.

In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the corneal pocket can be0.1 to 4 millimeters (mm), as needed. Only flat implants need a largerspace with more than 0.2 mm. As shown in FIG. 63A-70B, the pocket can becircular, semicircular, C-shaped, doughnut-shaped, rectangular, or anyother shape.

In one or more embodiments, the implant or implants (if more than oneimplant is provided) can be located at a desired distance from theBowman's membrane or from the corneal periphery, that is located awayfrom the center of the visual axis (i.e., the implant may beoff-centered, or ring-shaped in the peripheral cornea). See, forexample, FIGS. 63A-70B.

In one or more embodiments, the implant or implants (if more than oneimplant is provided). is made to the desired shape, and size in diameterand length that fits with ease inside the corneal pocket withoutexerting pressure on the corneal tissue (i.e. without bulging it).

In one or more embodiments, a photosensitizer or cross-linker, such asriboflavin, is injected at the desired concentration in a biocompatiblefluid or a viscous fluid prior to the implantation of the implant.However, it can be also administered simultaneously with the implant inthe corneal pocket sufficiently to cover the internal wall of the pocketfor a desired duration so that it penetrates at least 20 micron orwider, taking 5-30 seconds after injection prior to the cross-linking ofthe cornea, which prevents cell proliferation, encapsulation, orrejection of the implant while preserving an acellular barrier.

In one or more embodiments, ultraviolet (UV) radiation at the desiredpower (e.g., 1 to 4 mW/mm²) and duration of 1-15 minutes, as needed,depending on the concentration of the photosensitizer or other radiationif another cross-linker is used (e.g., visible or infrared (IR) oranother wave length) is applied externally to activate thephotosensitizer in the corneal pocket, and to cross-link the collagen ofthe corneal stroma surrounding the corneal pocket, thereby killing onlythe cells located within the cross-linked cornea while preventingencapsulation of the drug implant while providing a physical stabilityto the cornea and preventing the wall of the pocket from adheringtogether or to the implant. This permits the implant to be replaced, ifneeded, with another implant with ease.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is coated with an organicmaterial, such as collagen, dipped in a photosensitizer, or the implantcan be coated with nanoparticles of the photosensitizer and implanted inthe corneal pocket and ultraviolet (UV) radiation is applied with thedesired power and duration using a painting technique using a smalldiameter fiber optic or other radiation with another wave length isapplied if another cross-linker is used, externally or internally insidethe pocket via a fiber optic to activate the photosensitizer in thecorneal pocket and to cross-link the collagen of the corneal stromasurrounding the corneal pocket, thereby killing all cells located withinthe cross-linked cornea and cross-link the implant simultaneously. Thecorneal cross-linking prevents implant encapsulation with fibroustissue, but provides a physical stability to the cornea without gluingthe wall of the pocket together or to the implant.

In one or more embodiments, an injection of a small amount of hyaluronicacid in the pocket simplifies insertion of the drug implant in thecorneal pocket.

In one or more embodiments, the drug implant has a tube-like structurewith a size of 0.01 to 3 micron diameter holes in its wall, or havingone micron or larger-sized holes for diffusion of fluid across it.

In one or more embodiments, the implant can be silicone, acrylic,methacrylate, hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), cross-linked organic orany other biocompatible transparent or non-transparent material,metallic or non-metallic, or a mixture thereof or coating otherpolymers, such as collagen or elastin with the desired thickness of 2microns or more, as needed.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is made of various drug deliverypolymers, such as polylactic acid or polyglycolic acid, or a combinationthereof or polycaprolactone, or chitosan or other organic materials thatcan deliver the medication at a certain concentrations and dissolvewithin time ranging from 3-12 months or more.

In one or more embodiments, the biodegradable or non-biodegradableimplant can be replaced with another one as before or anon-biodegradable material, but having biocompatible material or coatingwhere the drug release occurs either through the small holes in the bodyof the implant at a certain rates depending on the size of the holes, orfrom one or both ends of the implant for drug delivery, as needed.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is a porous biodegradablepolymer.

In one or more embodiments, the material inside the tubular implant isliquid, nanoparticles, suspension, powder, porous polymeric drug, etc.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is made using 3-D printingtechnology to the desired shape, size and/or coated with morebiocompatible polymer(s) and cross-linked prior to the implantation, orit is implanted in a cross-linked pocket.

In one or more embodiments, the cross-linked corneal implant can beloaded with one or multiple medications needed for a short biocompatibledrug delivery, or prophylactically to prevent an infection, or otherused therapeutically medications to treat a disease process (e.g.,inflammation, intraocular pressure (IOP), neovascularization, infection,or a cytokine, etc.).

In one or more embodiments, an organic cross-linked material can be usedas above for a short term drug delivery of 1 to 4 weeks.

In one or more embodiments, an organic cross-linked material can be usedas above for a short term drug delivery of 5 to 50 weeks or longer.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is a C-shaped flexible orsemi-flexible structure, and can be implanted in the prepared cornealpocket according to the size or the shape of the implant (e.g., centeredaround the visual axis having a string shape, rod-like shape, or flatshape), while removing a small 3-D tissue from the stroma for the pocketformation to provide space for the implant for drug delivery to thecornea or the anterior chamber, trabecular meshwork, conjunctiva, ordiffusing toward the posterior segment, such as the retina, choroid orthe optic nerve of the eye. As shown in FIGS. 54A-54D, the drug deliveryimplant may be rod-shaped 710, C-shaped 712, two-part semi-circular 714,or one-part semi-circular 716. Also, as illustrated in FIG. 59, theimplant may also be in the form of a rectangular flat tube 734. In FIGS.63A and 63B, a two-part semi-circular drug delivery implant 756 disposedin a cross-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea 752that is spaced apart from the central visual axis 754 of the eye so asnot to obstruct the central portion of the eye. As shown in FIG. 63B,the two-part semi-circular drug delivery implant 756 is disposedadjacent to the anterior chamber 757 of the eye, and anteriorly withrespect to the iris 753 and lens 755 of the eye. In FIGS. 64A and 64B, agenerally linear drug delivery implant 760 is disposed in a cross-linkedpocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea 752.

Turning to FIGS. 66A and 66B, it can be seen that an eye generallyincludes a lens 763, an iris 765, cornea 766, an anterior chamber 767, apupil 768, and a limbus 770. In FIGS. 67A and 67B, a one-partsemi-circular drug delivery implant 772 is shown disposed in across-linked pocket in the peripheral portion of the cornea 766. InFIGS. 68A and 68B, a doughnut-shaped or ring-shaped drug deliveryimplant 774 is shown disposed in a cross-linked pocket in the peripheralportion of the cornea 766. In FIGS. 69A and 69B, a generally linear drugdelivery implant 776 is shown disposed in a cross-linked pocket in theperipheral portion of the cornea 766.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is inserted in the cornealpocket through a small external incision made into the corneal pocket.

In one or more embodiments, the pocket itself can be filled withbiodegradable nanoparticles for drug delivery to the entire ocularstructures from the cornea to the optic nerve, and all tissues inbetween. The medication(s) can be anti-inflammatory, anti-infective,immune-suppressants, AntiVEGFs, biologics, Anti-PDGF, Anti IL-6, Rhokinase inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, nerve growth factors, anti-glaucomamedications, gene(s) delivery in conjugation with viral or non-viralnanoparticles, such as nanoparticles, quantum dots, biodendrimers, etc.coated with polyethylene glycol (PEG) or cell penetrating agents alongwith an antibody to the specific tissue. This permits the genes ormedications to be delivered after their migration out of the implant andthe corneal pocket and to attach to the targeted cells in the cornea,conjunctiva, trabecular meshwork, retinal ganglion cells orphotoreceptors, retinal and optic glial or nerve cells or their axonsetc.

In one or more embodiments, the one or more medications in the drugimplant may be anti-inflammatory agents, such as steroids,Dexamethasone, NSAIDS, Anti IL-17, Anti IL-6 and other Anti-ILs orantibiotics, fluoroquinolones, macrolides, cephalosporin A, vancomycin,aminoglycosides, penicillin and its derivatives or combination ofantibiotics, etc., anti-virals, ganciclovir, valcyclovir, etc.,anti-fungals, amphotericine B, etc., Anti-VEGFs, Avastin, lucentis,Aflilbercept, Anti-IL-6, anti-parasitic, etc., or otheranti-inflammatory agents, such as NSAIDs or Rho kinase inhibitors, afterany corneal surgery and act therapeutically to various diseasesaffecting the conjunctiva (e.g., dry eye), immune-suppressants, such ascyclosporine A, Mycophenolic acid, anti-proliferative agents,anti-metabolite agents, in uveitis, choroiditis or other medications,such as anti-glaucoma medication or combination of medications, genedelivery, DNA, RNA, siRNA etc. along with viral or non-viral deliveryvehicles and CRISPR cas9 mediated homology-independent targetedintegration (HITI) or homology directed repair (HDR) to modify thegenetic components of various diseases of the eye.

In one or more embodiments, repeated crosslinking of the pocket can beperformed as needed to prevent new cellular ingrowth and adhesion aroundthe implant from the corneal tissue so that the implant's barrier ismaintained, and the implant can be removed or replaced as needed (e.g.,if the eye needs another or a combined medication to regulate diseaseprocess, such age related macular degeneration, glaucoma, uveitis,choroiditis or an infectious process of any origin).

In one or more embodiments, the peripheral cross-linked pocket is usedto insert or inject medications needed to treat a corneal disease orglaucoma or a disease of the posterior segment. The medication can be ina form of nanoparticles, microspheres, lipid coating or PEG,streptavidin, biotin coating, etc., micelles, liposomes, thermosensitivechitosans, etc.

In one or more embodiments, one can inject or implant in the peripheralcorneal pocket large-sized flexible, semi-solid or porous or solid rod,flat or tube or any shape and size polymeric material that can beabsorbed with time and the medication is released slowly to the corneaor the anterior chamber of the eye or diffuses to the back of thechoroid or retina and optic nerve.

In one or more embodiments, the diameter of these rod or flat-shapedshape implants can vary between 10 microns to 1 millimeter (mm) indiameter or larger with a length of 1 to 50 mm or longer.

In one or more embodiments, the porous tube can be made ofsemi-permeable non-biodegradable material that permits only thediffusion of the fluid/medication, etc. in and out of the tube,implanted in the peripheral cross-linked pocket. In these one or moreembodiments, the tube can be refilled with medication as needed. Forexample, as shown in FIG. 61, the implant 740 in the form of arectangular tube is refillable by injection with a needle 742.

In one or more embodiments, the drug implant tube contains stem cells,embryonic stem cells, ciliary hormone producing cells, or other hormoneor factors producing stem cells, neuronal or glial stem cells,Mesnchymal stem cells, trabecular meshwork stem cells, limbal stemcells, modified skin stem cells, etc. in a biocompatible fluid thatpermits nutrition to reach the cells injected in the tube where thecells are immortalized to produce one or the other medication, growthfactors, such as ciliary neurotrophic growth factor, RPE growth factor,nerve growth factors, anti-VEGFs, or other medications needed.

In one or more embodiments, the non-biodegradable tube with pores fordrug and cell delivery is implanted in a cross-linked pocket with animplant in any part of the body for medication and cell delivery forvarious medications and functions.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is coated with biocompatiblepolymer(s) that is used for delivery of stem cells with medication in acorneal pocket. The implant has larger diameter holes of 5 microns andmore in its wall permitting the cells to escape from the tubular implantinto any tissue (e.g., corneal pocket containing stem cells, embryonicstem cells, ciliary body factor producing stem cells, neuronal or glialstem cells, Mesnchymal stem cells, trabecular meshwork stem cells,Limbal stem cells, modified skin stem cells, etc. in a biocompatiblefluid) that permits nutrition to reach the cells injected in the tubewhere these cells can grow and pass through the holes of the implant andmove toward a tissue. In FIG. 57, the tubular implant 726 has smallholes 728 disposed in the circular peripheral side thereof, whereas thetubular implant 730 in FIG. 58 has large holes 732 disposed in thecircular peripheral side thereof.

In one or more embodiments, the implant contains stem cells, embryonicstem cells, cilliary body hormone producing stem cells, neuronal orglial stem cells, Mesnchymal stem cells, trabecular meshwork stem cells,limbal stem cells, modified skin stem cells, etc. in a biocompatiblefluid that permits nutrition to reach the cells injected in the tubealong with Rho kinase inhibitors or Nerve growth factors to stimulatetheir regeneration and migration of theses cell and repair the pathologyin the tissue.

In one or more embodiments, genetically modified cells are used toproduce needed enzymes and medications. The combination of cross-linkingof the cornea and killing the corneal cells and lack of vessels in thecorneal makes it a suitable place for these cells in the tube implant tosurvive inside the tube without being attacked by the cellular body'sresponse, thereby creating an immune privileged space for these cells tosurvive and produce medications needed locally or systemically (e.g. inmany genetic diseases of the cornea such as Fuchs dystrophy, etc.).

In one or more embodiments, the pocket can be filled with a polymericmaterial that can become more semisolid, or becomes a gel, and containsmedication for slow release of medication.

In one or more embodiments, the medication can be injected in theperipheral pocket along with corneal stem cells from the limbus orgenetically modified skin stem cells, embryonic or pluripotential stemcells, or mesenchymal stem cells grown in the culture for implantation,in cases of cell loss of endothelium, or in genetically caused cornealopacification, such as macular dystrophy or trauma.

In one or more embodiments, the stem cells are mesenchymal stem cellsinjected in the corneal pocket along with ROCK inhibitors to replace orrepair a cloudiness of the cornea.

In one or more embodiments, the stem cells are nerve cells to induceregeneration of the damaged corneal nerve (e.g., in diabetic patient)and after traumatic corneal injuries or after LASIK surgery.

In one or more embodiments, all tubular drug implants or devices arereplaceable with ease.

In one or more embodiments, the tube can be refilled with medication tobe used as slow release drug delivery that releases the drug in thecornea and anterior of the posterior segment of the eye.

In one or more embodiments, the tube is used for taking fluid samplesfrom the eye.

In one or more embodiments, one creates an intrastromal corneal pocketin the peripheral cornea involving 2-4 mm 4-8 mm in width areasinvolving the cornea and the anterior sclera after bleaching out theperipheral conjunctival capillaries with a low dose of vasoconstrictivemedication such as 0.5%4% phenylephrine applied locally with a Q-tippedapplicator using a femtosecond laser.

In one or more embodiments, a small knife can be used to create a pocketin the cornea or elsewhere under the skin etc. if needed.

In one or more embodiments, the pocket width is more toward the cornealside than the scleral side or vice versa. The circumferential extent ofthe pocket can be 1 degree to 360 degrees of the corneal periphery (seeFIGS. 63A, 63B, 67A, 67B, 68A, and 68B).

In one or more embodiments, using a small incision to access theintrastromal incision, one uses a curved probe to separate the cornealadhesion for injection of a photosensitizer cross-linker, such asriboflavin, at the desired concentration of 0.5%-4% in a biocompatiblefluid, such as a physiological saline solution, etc. or suspension ofparticulates in a volume of 0.01 milliliters (ml) to 1 milliliter (mm)as needed only for the extent of the corneal pocket to cover theinternal walls of the pocket for a desired duration that thephotosensitizer penetrates at least 20 microns and beyond the cornealpocket in the corneal stroma to isolate that localized area of thecornea from the rest so that it does not respond with cell migrationinto the surrounding implant and so that it avoids tissue boundingtogether or to the implant.

In one or more embodiments, 0.01 ml to 0.1 ml of 0.02-2% lidocaine orbupivacaine solution can be injected alone or along with thephotosensitizer in the corneal pocket to anesthetize the cornea for thenext 1-15 hours, thereby eliminating pain sensation or discomfort of thesurgery, and dry eye after surgery.

In one or more embodiments, the width of the corneal pocket can be 1-3mm as needed. The peripheral corneal pocket can be circular,semi-circular, C-shaped, doughnut-shaped, straight, curved, or any othershape.

In one or more embodiments, the cross-linked pocket can be located at adesired distance from the Bowman's membrane in the corneal periphery.

In one or more embodiments, the ultraviolet (UV) radiation or otherappropriate wave length of light at the desired power 0.5-50 mW/Cm2 andduration of 1-15 minutes, or other radiation with another wave length isapplied externally in a stationary pattern or as a continuouspainting/oscillatory technique with a focused small sized spot of 1-4 mmand a high energy to cover the width of the pocket, or on a paintingoscillatory fashion entering the corneal pocket with a small diameterfiber optic and to activate the photosensitizer in the corneal pocketand crosslink the collagen of the corneal stroma surrounding the cornealpocket, and preventing the wall from adhering to itself or to a futureimplant, while providing a physical stability to the wall of the cornealpocket and preventing cell migration and rejection of an implant.

In one or more embodiments, ultraviolet (UV) radiation at the desiredpower in a stationary or focused light for a duration of 10 seconds to15 minutes for the stationary radiation, or for a duration of 10 secondsto 20 minutes for the painting approach, depending on the power of theradiation and the length of the pocket used (or other radiation withanother photosensitizer and wave length) is applied externally or via afiber optic inserted inside the pocket to activate the photosensitizerand cross-link the collagen of the corneal stroma surrounding thecorneal pocket while preventing cell migration, encapsulation, orrejection of the implant and protecting the anterior corneal stroma andthe stem cells.

In one or more embodiments, the corneal pocket is three-dimensionallycut in order to remove a part of the stroma and create a space for theimplant.

In one or more embodiments, the wall of the corneal pocket can absorbthe photosensitizer from the implant after it is dipped in aphotosensitizer solution or the implant is coated with nanoparticles ofthe cross-linker and placed in the corneal pocket to leak out, which isthen followed by UV radiation at the desired power and duration or otherradiation with another wave length applied externally or internally viaa fiber optic to activate the photosensitizer in the corneal pocket andcross-link the collagen surrounding the implant. This technique providesa physical stability to the cornea preventing adhesion or gluing theimplant to the surrounding tissue and preventing fibrous ingrowth orencapsulation or rejection of the implant, which can lead to implantrejection. This makes it possible to exchange the implant when neededwithout much trauma to the cornea surrounding the implant.

In one or more embodiments, the photosensitizer is conjugated to thesurface of the implant having a polymeric coating, such as collagen,that releases the photosensitizer (e.g., riboflavin) from the implantonce it is exposed to the water content of the tissue in the cornealpocket surrounding it. The riboflavin is released and stains the wall ofthe implant which is subsequently cross-linked with UV light. Thisprevents tissue adhesion between the implant and the corneal tissue andmaintains a potential space between the corneal wall and the implant,thereby preventing activation of an immunologic response or neovasculartissue response by releasing from the tissue vascular endothelial cellfactors (VEGF) in response to a foreign implant. The cross-linkingprocess can be repeated as needed every 6 months to a year or more asneeded. The cross-linking of the collagen protects the implantcontaining particulate medication(s), which releases the drug for a longtime, and prevents the pocket from being invaded by the immune cellularelements and keeps the lumen of the tube shaped implant open.

In one or more embodiments, during the cross-linking, the corneal pocketremains pristine not allowing cell traffic or access to the pocketsurrounded by the cross-linked amorphous collagen or other cross-linkedtissues located in that area.

In one or more embodiments, the crosslinking can be repeated again inthe postoperative period after implantation by injecting a cross-linkerin the corneal pocket through a needle inside the wall of the pocket,which diffuses readily through the potential space around the implantand the wall of the pocket, and then is irradiated with UV light fromthe outside.

In one or more embodiments, the implant can be made of silicone,acrylic, methacrylate, HEMA, metallic or non-metallic, synthetic,organic, polymeric biodegradable, etc., coated with another or abiocompatible polymeric materials or a mixture thereof or coated with,for example, collagen or elastin, formed with a desired thickness of 2microns to 100 microns, and conjugated with a cross-linker or thecross-linker is injected in the potential pocket space in the tissue andis cross-linked.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is made by the use of 3-Dprinting technology with the desired material, shape, size or thickness,transparent or non-transparent organic or non-organic or a mixture ofthem, a material such as collagen elastin, synthetic polymers can becoated again with riboflavin nanoparticles with one or morebiocompatible polymer(s), and cross-linked with UV light prior to orpreferably after implantation.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is coated with a collagenpolymer to a desired thickness or in combination with another polymer,such as polyvinyl alcohol, chitosan, polycaprolactone, etc., conjugatedwith riboflavin or another cross-linker and cross-linked before or afterimplantation in a preformed pocket with an appropriate wavelength oflight or UV radiation to cross-link the polymeric coating inside thebody allowing the cross-linker to be released in the tissue, and thencross-link the tissue surrounding the implant in order to, afterimplantation, release the incorporated medication from the implantslowly without inciting cellular attraction or encapsulation of theimplant which inhibits a release of the medication(s) from the implantthat is unpredictable. For example, as shown in FIG. 55, the implant 718is coated with a polymer and/or a photosensitizer.

In one or more embodiments, the non-biodegradable flexible porous tubemade of polymeric material or a non-organic compound in combination withcross-linked organic polymer coating is filled with microspheres, drugnanoparticles incorporated in a polymeric material, such as polylacticglycolic acid, chitosan, liposomes, polycaprolactone, or lipid-coatednanoparticles, etc. containing the medication so as to release themedication slowly from the tube implant.

In one or more embodiments, the implant can serve as a reservoir thatreleases the medications though the pores of 1 to 3 microns in diameterin its wall, and then can be refilled repeatedly by injecting in thetubular implant the medication through a 33-34 gauge needle through thecornea surrounding the tube.

In one or more embodiments, the implant releases immunosuppressiveagents, such as cyclosporine, calcineurin inhibitors, mycophenolic acid,tacrolimus, siraliums, steroids, MPP inhibitors, NSAIDs,antimetabolytes, polycolonal antibodies, monocolonal antibodies, TNFinhibitors, Fingolimod, antibiotics, intraocular pressure (IOP) loweringagents, such as Rho kinase inhibitors, Fasudil, and other agents,pilocarpine, prostaglandin analogues, Brimonidine, etc., anti-virals,Anti-VEGFs, biologics, or neuroprotective releasing medication. Themedications being released as needed at concentrations of nanograms ormicrograms or mg/per hour depending on the polymeric material size ofthe holes, length of the polymer, etc.

In one or more embodiments, the implant can be positioned at any placein the body to control a function or release a medication without beingencapsulated by the surrounding tissue, due to the cross-linking of thepolymeric coating or the pocket being cross-linked prior to theimplantation, while the medication can be an anti-VEGF, neuroprotectiveagents, such as nerve growth factors, Rho kinase inhibitor such asFasudil, antibiotics, antiproliferative agents, anti-inflammatoryagents, etc. at a non-toxic, beneficial concentration.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is made using 3-D printingtechnology to the desired shape, size or thickness from any materialcoated with collagen, elastin, or made of collagen, elastin, etc. orsynthetic polymers which are further coated with more biocompatiblepolymer(s), such as acrylic, organic, etc., which are cross-linked priorto the implantation or coated with a cross-linker or the crosslinkingnanoparticles are done subsequent to its release in the tissue prior toradiation with the UV light. In another embodiment, the implant isformed from glass using 3-D printing technology (i.e., the implant is3-D printed glass).

In one or more embodiments, the implant is implanted in another part ofthe eye, such as under the conjunctiva, under the sclera, in the retinaor sub-retinal space, under the skin using an implant containingmedications such as Botox, or in other parts of the body using animplant which is coated with collagen to a desired thickness, dipped ina photosensitizer or has photosensitizer nanoparticles, such asriboflavin, etc. or the photosensitizer is injected surrounding theimplant and implanted in desired location, such as under or over thesclera in the choroid, under the conjunctiva, etc. Then, ultraviolet(UV) radiation or another wavelength of light is used to cross-link thetissue at the desired power and duration depending on what technique isused. In these conditions, a focused UV or another wavelength of lightis applied externally, in a painting oscillatory fashion only to thedesired areas or internally through a fiber optic, etc. to activate thephotosensitizer in the surrounding tissue where the implant is located.The cross-linked collagenous tissues surrounding the implant preventcreating an adhesion between the tissue and the implant or gluing thewall of the pocket together or to the implant. The cross-linkedcollagenous tissues surrounding the implant also have these additionalbenefits: (1) it is easier to replace the implant if needed, (2) fibrousingrowth or encapsulation is prevented, (3) it permits injection of thecross-linker again to repeat the cross-linking process if needed, and(4) it prevents rejection of the implant and contributes to the slowrelease of the medication from the implant. Also, these implants can actas a shunt for glaucoma, or drainage shunt for cerebrospinal fluid, orother part of the body, such as a bladder neck for urine if the drainagesystem is provided with a unilateral valve that only opens when thebladder pressure increases to certain level, etc.

In one or more embodiments, the injection of a small amount ofhyaluronic acid or other viscous fluid in the pocket simplifies theinserting of the implant in the peripheral corneal pocket or a pocketcreated in another tissue.

In one or more embodiments, the implant can be a biodegradable polymercarrying various medications and can be replaced.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is a tube-like structure havinga thickness or diameter of 0.02 millimeters (mm) to 0.4 millimeters (mm)in one direction and up to 8 mm in another (flat) width, and being 1-60mm long covering the entire corneal periphery without pressing thecorneal tissue in any direction. The implant may be filled with amedication(s), a fluid, or a combination of them.

In one or more embodiments, the tube is not biodegradable having holesmade in the wall of the tube with 0.2 to 3 microns in diameter, or 5microns to 500 microns in diameter, to permit diffusion of themedications or cells placed in it to produce desired needed proteins,hormones, nerve growth factors, or other products needed for other bodycell survival, such as cornea, retina, brain, etc.

In one or more embodiments, the tube has holes that are 5 to 15 micronsin diameter so as to permit stem cells to exit the tube. The tube can bebiodegradable implanted in a lightly cross-linked corneal pocketpermitting, for example, stem cells to proliferate and/or migrate to thecornea. The stem cells can be obtained from limbal stem cells ormesenchymal stem or skin and cultured cells prior to the injection inthe cornea or in another part of the body.

In one or more embodiments, the device is implanted in the wall of thevitreous cavity with one end closed and one end open to the vitreouscavity, or the implant can be under the retina or it can penetrate boththe retina and the choroid and permit release of medication or thecells.

In one or more embodiments, the implant is implanted in the tissuesurrounding the eye, on the face, etc. with one end closed and one endopen to the tissue. The implant can be removed after the drug isreleased, and then replaced.

In one or more embodiments, the repeated crosslinking of the tissuesurrounding the pocket can be performed as needed to prevent cellularingrowth, and the implant can be removed and replaced as needed (e.g. inage related macular degeneration) to maintain delivery of theanti-glaucoma medication, anti-VEGFs, immunosuppressive oranti-inflammatory agents, or nerve growth factors, or Rho kinaseinhibitors.

In one or more embodiments, the peripheral cross-linked pocket is usedto insert or inject medications needed to treat a corneal disease,glaucoma, or a disease of the posterior segment. The medication can bein a form of nanoparticles, microparticles, micelles, liposomes,chitosans, polycaprolactone as nanoparticles, dendrimers, etc.

In one or more embodiments, one can inject or insert an implant in theperipheral corneal pocket that is in the form of a large-sized flexible,semi-solid or solid, porous or solid rod-shaped implant, a flat implant,or tube-shaped implant that contains medication, or any shape and sizepolymeric material that can be absorbed with time and the medication isreleased slowly to the cornea or the anterior chamber of the eye ordiffuses through the anterior chamber or through the sclera to the backof the eye, for treatment of the choroidal or retina and optic nervediseases. As shown in FIGS. 56A-56C, the implant may be in the form of asolid implant 720, a porous implant 722, or a solid tubular implant 724with an open end. Also, as shown in FIG. 60, the implant may be in theform of a semi-solid or silicone tubular implant 736 with one closed end738 and one open end 739.

In one or more embodiments, the diameter of the rod or flat-shapedimplant can have a length of 1 microns to a few millimeters (mm), or thelength can be 1 to 40 millimeters (mm) or longer.

In one or more embodiments, the non-biodegradable tube is open-ended sothat the medication exits only from one or both ends of the tube.

In one or more embodiments, the medication can be released for aduration of from 3 months to 3 or more years, such as when containingnanoparticles of fluoroquinolone dexamethasone, diclofenac, etc., andthe implant can be replaced or removed if the desired effect has beenachieved or reinjected in the corneal pocket.

In one or more embodiments, the tube is closed ended, but has pores fordiffusion of the medication. For example, refer to the implants 726, 730in FIGS. 57 and 58.

In one or more embodiments, the implant can be placed near any joint inthe body and the cross-linking is done using ultraviolet (UV) radiationthrough the skin or through the fiber optic as described for localizeddrug delivery.

In one or more embodiments, the porous tube can be made of semipermeablenon-biodegradable material that permits only the diffusion offluid/medication, etc. in and out of the tube, and the tube is implantedin the peripheral cross-linked corneal pocket, wherein the tube can berefilled with medication as needed via an injection using a 33-34 gaugeneedle. For example, refer to FIG. 61.

In one or more embodiments, the tube contains cells in a biocompatiblefluid that permits nutrition to reach the cells which are injected inthe tube where the cells are immortalized to produce one or moremedications, growth factors, such as a ciliary neurotrophic growthfactor, RPE growth factor, nerve growth factors, anti-VEGFs, or othermedications needed.

In one or more embodiments, the implant contains genetically modifiedcells producing other needed enzymes and medications. The combination ofcrosslinking of the cornea produces a wall of amorphous, acellularcollagen and the corneal location that lacks vessels provides a suitableplace for these cells in the tube implant to survive and producemedications as needed, which otherwise would have to be given repeatedlyeither locally or systemically, and in many genetic diseases of thecornea, such as Fuchs dystrophy, the cells have to be injected in thesubconjunctival space where the cells could be attacked by the normalcellular body's immune response. The cross-linked pocket with theimplant creates an immune-privileged space in the cornea or elsewherefor these cells to survive. For example, refer to FIGS. 63A-70B.

In one or more embodiments, the medication in the implant can be in anyform or composition, such as antibiotics, anti-inflammatory, immunesuppressants, anti-glaucoma medication, anti-vascular proliferation,stimulatory, such as Rho inhibitors. The polymers can be made ofbio-degradable compounds, such as polylactic, polyglycolic acid or acombination of them, polycaprolactone, etc.

In one or more embodiments, the corneal cross-linked pocket contains atubular implant filled with particulate immunosuppressive agents, suchas cyclosporine etc., that release the medication at a constant, but lowconcentration of micrograms as needed. The medication diffuses in thecornea, sclera, and/or conjunctiva, thus eliminating the burningsensation of topical cyclosporine drops and the need for daily dropadmiration in dry eye syndromes, or after refractive surgery or otherdiseases.

In one or more embodiments, the medication can be injected in theperipheral pocket along with corneal stem cells taken from the limbus orgenetically modified stem cells and grown in the culture forimplantation.

In one or more embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 65A and 65B, anon-biodegradable implant tube 762 as described herein is implanted inthe cross-linked corneal pocket of the cornea 752 of the eye with iris753 and lens 755, and the implant tube 762 is connected to the anteriorchamber 757 with the aqueous fluid via a thin 23-34 gauge needle 764,where biomarkers such as VEGFs, glucose, and analytes, etc. are presentboth inside the aqueous and the tube system made of soft silicone.Similarly, as depicted in FIGS. 70A and 70B, an implant 778 is implantedin the cross-linked corneal pocket of the cornea 766 of the eye withiris 765, and the implant 778 is connected to the anterior chamber 767with the aqueous fluid via a needle 780. The implants 762, 778 can bepenetrated with a 30-34 gauge needle from outside and the aqueous can beaspirated in a volume of less than 0.50 microliters repeatedly over along period of time without causing a collapse of the anterior chamber.The volume of the anterior chamber is 25 times more than the samplefluid taken. The minimal amount of aqueous fluid withdrawn will bereplaced by the eye in less than 10 minutes. This provides a means ofobtaining easily a fluid biopsy repeatedly from the eye withoutpenetrating the entire cornea or the eye wall directly with thecomplication of iris or lens injury and retinal injury. The fluid samplecan be examined in chronic disease processes, such as uveitis forbiomarker of a disease, viral infection that persist in the eye longafter the body has healed, such as Ebola, Zika, Herpes viruses or otherviral diseases or non-viral infections that can be detected and treatedappropriately. The biomarkers can be obtained from the implanted tube,and can provide valuable information on many metabolic diseases of thebody or the eye, a systemic disease (e.g., Alzheimer disease), agerelated macular degeneration, glucose level, or other analytes (e.g.,diabetes) in diabetic retinopathy and other slow progressivedegenerative eye diseases, tumors, infection, uveitis, poisoning or drugoverdose, etc.

In one or more embodiments, a plurality of implants are implanted in thecornea of the eye. In these one or more embodiments, each of theimplants is used for a different purpose. For example, a first one ofthe implants may be in form of a corneal drug delivery implant used fordelivering one or more medications to the eye, as described above. Asecond one of the implants may be used for taking liquid biopsies from aportion of the eye, as described herein (e.g., extracting a liquidbiopsy of the aqueous fluid from the anterior chamber of the eye). Athird one of the implants may be used for stem cell delivery and/or genetherapy in the manner described above. A fourth one of the implants maybe used for measuring the intraocular pressure of the eye of the patient(e.g., intracorneal implant comprising a pressure sensor 618 illustratedin FIGS. 52 and 53). That is, the fourth implant may contain a pressuresensor configured to measure an intraocular pressure of an eye and tooutput a signal based on the measured intraocular pressure of the eye,the pressure sensor configured to be implanted in a cornea of the eye; aprocessor operatively coupled to the pressure sensor, the processorconfigured to generate intraocular pressure data based upon the signaloutputted by the pressure sensor; and a transmitter device operativelycoupled to the processor, the transmitter device configured to transmitthe intraocular pressure data generated by the processor to a remotereceiver located outside of the eye, the transmitter device configuredto be implanted in the cornea of the eye. In addition to the pressuresensor, the third implant may further comprise a needle configured topenetrate a posterior portion of the cornea of the eye, the needleconfigured to open into the anterior chamber of the eye so as to measurethe intraocular pressure of the eye without obstructing vision throughthe central cornea.

In one or more embodiments, one can measure the amount of VEGF presentin the aqueous providing information on the disease progressionrequiring treatment (e.g., anti-VEGFs or no treatment). Anti-VEGFs oranother medication can be administered directly in the tube to reach theposterior segment avoiding repeated intraocular injection through thesclera, without having the risk of retinal detachment or lens injury. Asanother example, liquid biopsy of aqueous in a patient with diabeticretinopathy, where the retina is in need of treatment with the lasercoagulation, provides the information regarding whether the diseaseprocess is under the control or not.

In one or more embodiments, for the first time one can obtain from theaqueous biopsy, instant information needed for the doctor to diagnose adisease process at the bedside and be able to follow the process over along period of time with ease.

In one or more embodiments, nanoparticles carrying other medications canbe delivered as slow release nanoparticles from the tube in the anteriorchamber to treat glaucoma for a long period of time, thereby eliminatingthe need for repeat therapy. These medications may include pilocarpine,prostaglandin analogues for treatment of glaucoma, Rho kinaseinhibitors, or neuroprotective agents or Brimonidine, etc.

In one or more embodiments, the implanted tube is filled with desiredmedications, as described above, and is coated with collagen or albuminloaded with riboflavin particles that are diffused after implantation inthe pocket. The ultraviolet (UV) radiation used for cross-linkingpermits the diffusing of the medication from the implant as a slowrelease device, and prevents vascular growth around the implantcontaining the medication.

In one or more embodiments, the implanted tube can be 100 microns to 1millimeters (mm) in diameter and 4 mm to 40 mm long, or less than 100micron in diameter and no longer than a few millimeters in length. Theimplanted tube maybe filled with any desired medication to be implantedin any tissue and cross-linked after implantation.

In yet one or more further embodiments, methods are disclosed hereinwhich include administering Wnt inhibitors either alone, or incombination with Rho kinase inhibitors (i.e., Rock inhibitors), that areuseful for alleviating the effects of conditions that are caused byacute or chronic inflammatory processes, such as chronic inflammatorydry eye disease, lichen planus, arthritis, psoriasis, plantar fasciitis,pars planitis, papillitis, optic nerve neuritis, scleritis, keratitis,chronic Meibomian gland inflammation, and uveitis.

In one embodiment, Wnt inhibitors or Rho kinase inhibitors are used astopical drops, ointment, gel, non-toxic injectable formulation to treatthe dry eye syndrome or mucosal inflammatory diseases, such as lichenplanus, chronic joint disease, arthritis, chronic choroiditis, plantarfasciitis, pars planitis, scleritis, iritis, scleritis gingivitis, parsplanitis and uveitis.

A method of treating dry eye with deficiency or aqueous production whichis associated often with the Meibomian gland disease, affecting about 7%to 34% of all Americans, pathophysiology of chronic dry eye diseaseincluding a cycle of inflammation involving both innate and adaptiveimmune responses is also disclosed herein.

In one embodiment, dry eye syndrome (DES) or keratoconjunctivitis sicca,a disease affecting tear production leading to damage to the cornealsurface, associated often with disturbance of Meibomian gland, lachrymalgland, conjunctival goblet cells, nasolacrimal duct and pain sensationis treated by Wnt inhibitors or Rho kinase inhibitors used as topicaldrops, ointment, gel, non-toxic injectable formulation.

In one embodiment, the method used for treatment of the eye utilizesover the counter physiological saline solutions with some othercomponents to affect the inflammatory component of the dry eye orimprove on the composing of the tear film, such as tear film osmolarity,or adding lipids, mucin, etc. Other topical medications includeTheraTears® (Advanced Vision Research), Refresh® and Celluvisce®(Allergan), Tears Natural® and Bion Tears® (Alcon), GenTeal® andHypoTears® (CIBA Vision), each of which contain electrolytes and hasvarying pH levels, osmolarities, Restasis® (0.05% cyclosporine,Allergan), and Xiidra® (5% lifitegrast, Shire), which attacks theinflammatory process by a different mechanism than cyclosporine. Most ofthese medications are applied as a drop to maintain the conjunctivalwetness as needed usually 1-3 drop during the day or ointment at nightmost of these medications may be used in combination with Rockinhibitors such as Fasudil, or Wnt inhibitors such as sulforaphane andvitamin D, etc.

In one embodiment, the administration of Rock inhibitors not onlyreestablishes the tear production by reducing the conjunctivalinflammatory cytokines and inflammatory response, but also enhances thenerve fibers to grow and reestablish the function of conjunctival gobletcells to produce mucin, which is essential for tear film lubrication.Rho-associated protein Kinase (Rock) is a kinase belonging to the familyof serine-threonine Kinase involved in regulating the shape and thecytoskeleton of the cells, it is an important regulator of cellmigration, stimulates PTEN phosphatase activity, leading to uncontrolledcell division in cancer. Rock is active in inflammatory processes,cancer, Parkinson's disease, diabetes, and many neurodegenerativediseases and produces and stiffens collagen in tumors, such aspancreatic cancer. Therefore, Rock inhibitors inhibit inflammatoryprocesses, blocking cell migration.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors may be used in combination withfunctionalized nanoparticles of polycaprolactone, polylactic orpolyglycolic acid, etc. to reduce the inflammation during immune therapyor thermoimmune therapy. In one embodiment, a potent ROCK inhibitor,orally bioavailable Fasudil hydrochloride, inhibitor of cyclicnucleotide dependent- and Rho-kinases GSK 269962 is used. In oneembodiment, potent and selective ROCK inhibitor GSK 429286, SelectiveRho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor H1152 dihydrochloride, or Botox is used.

In one embodiment, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor Glycyl H 1152dihydrochloride, or another selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor isadministered as topical ointment, drop, or gel. Also, a more selectiveanalogue of H1152, that is cell-permeable, a selective Rho-kinaseinhibitor OXA 06 dihydrochloride, a potent ROCK inhibitor PKI1447dihydrochloride, potent and selective ROCK inhibitor antitumor SB772077B, a potent Rho-kinase inhibitor, vasodilator SR 3677dihydrochloride, a potent, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitorTC-S7001, a potent and highly selective ROCK inhibitor, orally activeY-27632 dihydrochloride or Botox also may be administered.

In one embodiment, aqueous tear-deficient dry eye, occurring as a resultof not enough tears being produced due to a dysfunction of the lacrimalglands, is treated with Wnt inhibitors or Rho kinase inhibitors astopical drops, ointment, gel, or a non-toxic injectable formulation.

In one embodiment, the Wnt inhibitors compound that is used includesFH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, demethoxycurcumin,sulforaphane and vitamin D, CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP, IWP,LGK974, C59, Ant1.4Br/Ant 1.4C1, ivermectin, niclosamide, apicularen andbafilomycin, XAV939, XAV939, G007-LK and G244-LM, NSC668036, SB-216763,gemtuzumab, and akinumab.

In one embodiment, patients with moderate-to-severe dry eye having bothelements of evaporative dry eye and aqueous tear-deficient dry eye, andthat are on topical medications for other diseases, such as glaucoma,drops, or antibiotics containing preservative that over time damage theconjunctival goblet cells and other cells and induce dry eye syndrome,are treated with Wnt inhibitors or Rho kinase inhibitors as topicaldrops, ointment, gel, or a non-toxic injectable formulation.

In one embodiment, administration of Wnt inhibitors, suchdemethoxycurcumin, sulforaphane and vitamin D, or Rho kinase inhibitors,such as Fasudil derivatives, is done as topical drops, a gel, anon-toxic injectable formulation, or injectable Botox, 1-100 units asneeded, administered locally at multiple locations or Rock inhibitorsmolecules at doses of 1 Pg-nanograms to a few micrograms as slow releasedelivery system.

In one embodiment, patients who are on topical medications for otherdiseases, such as glaucoma, drops or antibiotics containingpreservatives and over time damage the conjunctival goblet cells andother cells and induce dry eye syndrome, or patients with dry eye andglaucoma are treated either by implanting matrices of polylactic acid orpolyglycolic acid, polyanhydride, or chitosan polymers under theconjunctiva with slow release polymers containing either Wnt inhibitorsor Rock inhibitors, such as Botox or Fasudil derivatives, releasing themedication over months or years locally at multiple locations to releasethe non-toxic doses of the medications from 1 picogram (pg) to 1nanograms (ng) or more each day.

In one embodiment, patients who develop dry eye as a result of systemicmedication, such as in cancer patients developing dry eye afteradministration of checkpoint inhibitors in cancer immune therapy, aretreated either by Wnt inhibitors or Rock inhibitors with slow releasepolymers containing either Wnt inhibitors, such as demethoxycurcumin,CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP, IWP, LGK974, C59, Ant1.4Br/Ant1.4C1, ivermectin, niclosamide, sulforaphane and vitamin D, or Rockinhibitors, such as Botox or Fasudil derivatives, etc., releasing themedication over months or years locally at multiple locations to releasethe non-toxic doses slow release medications from 1 pg to 10 ng each dayor more.

In one embodiment, the Sjorgen syndrome is associated with low salivaryflow, lymphocytic infiltration of the lacrimal gland and salivary glandauto antibodies in serum, rheumatoid factor, connective tissue diseases,such as Sjogren's syndrome, to the list of immune-related adverse eventsthat can develop during cancer treatment with immune checkpointinhibitors are treated with Rock inhibitors and Wnt inhibitors atnon-toxic concentrations of sulforaphane and vitamin D, CCTO36477,KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP, IWP, LGK974, C59, Ant1.4Br/Ant 1.4C1,ivermectin, niclosamide, or Rock inhibitors such as Botox or Fasudiletc., releasing the medication slowly over months or years locally atmultiple locations to release the non-toxic doses slow releasemedications from 1 picogram (pg) to 10 nanogram (ng) each day locally.

In one embodiment, the patients being treated have a dry eye syndromeunassociated with Sjögren's syndrome (SS) (i.e., non-SSkeratoconjunctivitis sicca (KCS)) with a sensation of foreign body inthe eyes, photophobia, excessive tearing, ocular irritation and pain.Other symptoms are increased tear film osmolality, decrease in tearbreakup time, increase in the conjunctival enzymes metalloproteinase 9and 17, and changes in impression cytology of the conjunctival cells.These patients are treated with Rock inhibitors, such as injectableBotox, 1-10 units, or in combination with metalloproteinase inhibitorsdoxycycline, low molecular weight heparin, lovenox, and dexamethasone atconcentration of 0.1%-5%.

In one embodiment, when inflammation is one of the mechanisms thatcauses damage to the ocular surface in dry eye disease seen inautoimmune diseases such as Sjögren's syndrome, and rheumatoid arthritisand neuropathic disorders, optic nerve neuritis, papillitis, scleritis,uveitis, inflammatory, infectious, chemical, traumatic diseases, etc.,the patients are treated with injectable Rock inhibitors, such as Botoxor Fasudil derivatives, conjugated with slow release polymers, etc.releasing the medication over months or years locally at multiplelocations as the non-toxic doses release the medications slowly formonths to a year at concentration of 1 pg to 10 ng each day.

In one embodiment, the pathological conditions resulting in dry eyeinclude pemphigus and Sjogren's syndrome, which affect the eye by eitherdamaging the conjunctival cells responsible for maintaining the wetnessof the cornea and the conjunctiva, or by damaging the lacrimal glands ofthe eye and/or the meibomian glands of the eye lid or other pathologicalconditions resulting in dry eye include hypolacrimation, alacrima,Stevens-Johnson syndrome, marginal blepharitis pemphigus, ocularpemphigoid, scleritis, or diabetes are treated with the Rock inhibitorFasudil, Botox, etc. at a picogram to nanogram concentration or incombination with metalloproteinase inhibitors, doxycycline 0.1%-5%solution, low molecular weight heparin 0.1%-5% solution, ordexamethasone 0.1-2% solution in combination with MTOR inhibitors at0.1%-5% solution.

In one embodiment, the dry eye of patients occurring in post-cornealsurgery (including but not limited to post-LASIK surgery) with surgicaldamage to the corneal nerves, other conditions resulting in dry eyeincluding the aging process, environmental factors (e.g., dry homeand/or work environments), and extended use of visual display terminals(e.g., employment, recreation) are treated with Rock inhibitors, or incombination with metalloproteinase inhibitors, low molecular withheparin, or Wnt inhibitors or Rock inhibitor, such as Botox, 1-100 unitsadministered locally at multiple locations, small doses or Rockinhibitors molecule, Fasudil and its derivatives, etc., at doses of 1nanogram (ng) to a few micrograms (μg) as a slow release polymer.

In one embodiment, the dry eye can also occur after cataract surgery andrefractive surgery (i.e., the LASIK procedure) and photorefractivekeratectomy, smile procedure, partial or complete corneal transplants,which are the majorities of present refractive surgery where theseprocedures are performed, but dry eye is more common with LASIK wherethe superficial nerves are cut, and where the eye dries out because thecorneal reflex is affected and the eye subsequent to these surgeriesbecomes dry while many eyes experience regeneration of the nerves, butit takes about one year or more to achieve it all. Patients with theseconditions are treated with Rock inhibitors, or in combination withmetalloproteinase inhibitors, low molecular with heparin, or Wntinhibitors or Rock inhibitors, such as Botox, 1-100 units administeredlocally over the cornea as drops 1-4 times daily or injectablepreparation at multiple locations, small doses or Rock inhibitorsmolecule, such as Fasudil or its derivatives, etc., at doses of 1nanogram or a few micrograms as a slow release non-toxic preparation.

In one embodiment, patients with paresis or paralysis of the fifth orseventh cranial nerves causing dry eye as a result of interfering withproper lid closure are treated with Rock inhibitors, such as Botox, 1-10units administered topically over the cornea at multiple locations, andin small doses, or Rock inhibitors, such as the molecule Fasudil, or itsderivatives, etc. at doses of 1 nanogram to a few micrograms as topicalointment, drop, gel, etc.

In one embodiment, the patient has lichen planus associated with achronic inflammatory disease of the skin, mucous membranes, and nailspresenting a burning sensation in the mouth, throat esophagus, vaginaand the mucosa appears as a lattice-like network of white lines nearsites of erosion. Lichen planus can also affect the skin accompaniedwith sensation of itching, reddish-purple polygon-shaped skin lesions onthe lower back, wrists, and ankles. Lichen planus very rarely leads tooral cancer in about 5% of the patients. The cause of lichen planus isunknown, but it is thought to be the result of an autoimmune processwith an unknown initial trigger. It is known that tobacco, alcohol, andstress aggravate the lesions. Thus far, there has not been a cure, butmany different anti-inflammatory medications and procedures have beenused in efforts to control at best the symptoms thereof. In oneembodiment, the patients with lichen planus are treated either by Wntinhibitors or Rock inhibitors as a topical solution drops, gel,non-toxic injectable formulation, ointment or oral, or if needed,systemic administration of these medications or Rock inhibitor, such asBotox, 1-100 units administered locally as ointment over the lesion orinjectable preparation at multiple locations, small doses or Rockinhibitors as Botox or molecule Fasudil, and its derivatives etc. atdoses of 1 nanogram to a few micrograms.

In one embodiment, the patients with lichen planus are treated locally,by topical or injection subcutaneously with either by Wnt inhibitors orRock inhibitors, such as Botox, 10-100 units as needed administeredlocally at multiple locations or Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil, etc.molecules at doses of 1 nanogram to a few micrograms.

In one embodiment, Wnt signaling is involved in the control of stem cellproliferation. Wnt mutation causes developmental defects in many diseaseprocesses including inflammation and cancer.

In one embodiment, the Wnt inhibitors compounds used are: FH535, IWP-2,PNU-74654, IWR-1endo. IWR-exo, demethoxycurcumin, sulforaphane andvitamin D, CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP, IWP, LGK974, C59,Ant1.4Br/Ant 1.4C1, Ivermectin, Niclosamide, apicularen and bafilomycin,XAV939, XAV939, G007-LK and G244-LM, NSC668036, SB-216763, gemtuzumab,akinumab Wnt inhibitors.

In one embodiment, the oral doses for the Wnt inhibitor niclosamide is 1to 2 gram tablet once, or to repeat in 7 days, if needed.

In one embodiment, the small molecule Fasudil, a rock inhibitor Fasudil(HA-1077), a selective RhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitor, or Y-27632,small molecule inhibitor of ROCK1 and ROCK2, Botulinum toxin a is rockinhibitor marketed under the brand names Botox, Dysport Myobloc. Xeomin,etc. Botulinum toxin, all having good penetration into the cornea, anddo not increase intraocular pressure or cause cataracts and may bedissolved in an organic solvent such as DMSO or alcohol or sterol,lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine, or containing a polyanhydride,poly(glycolic) acid, poly(lactic) acid, or polycaprolactone polymer forthe treatment of the lid, conjunctiva, lacrimal gland corneal diseasesand glaucoma.

In one embodiment, Fasudil is used as a single, oral 40-80 milligram(mg) dose orally as two 40 mg Fasudil tablets are administered.

In one embodiment, the methods include administering Wnt inhibitors,either alone or in combination with Rho kinase inhibitors, orally,locally by injection or drops, spray or ointment for alleviating theeffects of conditions that result in lack of moisture or wetness in theeye.

In one embodiment, Rho kinase inhibitors, may be administered orally,locally by injection or drops, spray or ointment for alleviating theeffects of conditions that result in lack of moisture or wetness in theeye, such as the inflammatory conditions resulting in dry eye includingpemphigus and Sjogren's syndrome, which affect the eye by eitherdamaging the conjunctival cells, or by damaging the lacrimal glands ofthe eye and/or the meibomian glands of the eye lid.

In one embodiment, the required treatment of Rho kinase inhibitors, suchas Botox in 1-2 units, may be administered locally by injection ordrops, spray or ointment for other inflammatory processes resulting indry eye include hypolacrimation, alacrima, xerophthalmia,Stevens-Johnson syndrome, pemphigus, ocular pemphigoid, marginalblepharitis, nerve pain, diabetes, and/or post-corneal surgery aftercutting the corneal nerves (including but not limited to post-LASIKsurgery). Other conditions resulting in dry eye include the agingprocess, environmental factors (e.g., dry home and/or workenvironments), and extended use of visual display terminals (e.g.,employment, recreation, etc.).

In one embodiment, inhibition of Wnt signaling or ABC transporters byRNA interference may be a valuable therapeutic strategy in dry eyeincluding hypolacrimation, alacrima, xerophthalmia, and Stevens-Johnsonsyndrome.

In one embodiment, a number of Rock inhibitors are used in non-toxicdoses in combination with functionalized nanoparticles, conjugated withpolymeric coatings, such as chitosan, polyanhydride, cyclodextrin as apotent ROCK inhibitor; bioavailable Fasudil hydrochloride, inhibitor ofcyclic nucleotide dependent- and Rho-kinases GSK 269962, potent andselective ROCK inhibitor GSK 429286, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK)inhibitor H1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitorGlycyl H 1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor,more selective analogue of H1152, cell-permeable, selective Rho-kinaseinhibitor OXA 06 dihydrochloride, potent ROCK inhibitor PKI1447dihydrochloride, potent and selective ROCK inhibitor, antitumor SB772077B, potent Rho-kinase inhibitor, vasodilator SR 3677dihydrochloride, potent, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor TC-S7001,potent and highly selective ROCK inhibitor, orally active Y-27632dihydrochloride and may be dissolved in an organic solvent such as DMSOor alcohol or sterol, lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine, orcontaining a polyanhydride, poly(glycolic) acid, poly(lactic) acid, orpolycaprolactone polymer to reduce the inflammation processes in theeye, sclera, lid, conjunctiva, or other mucosal diseases, mouth, throat,skin, etc.

In one embodiment, Wnt inhibitors, such as canakinumab, ivermectin, orniclosamide may be dissolved in an organic solvent such as DMSO oralcohol or sterol, lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine, orcontaining a polyanhydride, poly(glycolic) acid, poly(lactic) acid, orpolycaprolactone polymer prior to its application.

In one embodiment, small molecule Wnt inhibitor PKF118-310, theWnt/β-catenin pathway inhibitor and Fasudil, a rock inhibitor Fasudil(HA-1077), a selective RhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitor, or Y-27632,small molecule inhibitor of ROCK1 and ROCK2, etc. may be dissolved in anorganic solvent such as DMSO or alcohol or sterol, lanosterol, squalene,and/or squalamine, or containing a polyanhydride, poly(glycolic) acid,poly(lactic) acid, or polycaprolactone polymer to release non-toxicmedication slowly at a desired concentration.

In one embodiment, early management includes the use of lubricants,artificial tear substitutes, ointment, gel, or emulsion. Topicalanti-inflammatory agents, topical Rock inhibitors, anti-interleukin(IL1) TNF-alfa TNF-α, hyaluronic acid, low molecular heparin 0.1-5%solution alone, or in combination with metalloproteinase inhibitorsdoxycycline 0.1-5% solution immunosuppressive agent or inhibitor, e.g.,mycophenolic acid, as local or systemic therapy.

In one embodiment, topical Rock inhibitors are applied to the cornea asdrops or spray or subconjunctival injection as a slow release compoundcombined with chitosans in 0.1 microgram/ml to 40 microgram/ml or morefor topical application.

In another embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are coated with the slowrelease polymers, such as lactic acid, glycolic acid, etc. at aconcentration of 200 nanograms to 1 micrograms/ml or more andadministered topically, subconjunctival, or inside the eyesubcutaneously inside the plantar fascial.

In another embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are released from a polymericexplant or implant (e.g., an implant as depicted in FIGS. 54A-58) eitherplaced over or under the conjunctiva and sutured to the sclera torelease, e.g., Fasudil, etc. at concentrations of 0.01 micrograms/ml to40.0 micrograms/ml or more per day.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors release, after placement in theupper or lower cul-de-sack of the conjunctiva or as a slow releasepunctal plaque or implanted subconjunctivally, at a rate of 1 picogramto a 10 nanograms/day of the medication.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors release, after placement in thesuprachoroidal space, inside the eye, behind the eye, inside thegingiva, subcutaneously in plantar fascia, or as a slow releasepolymeric plaque or implanted to release medication at a rate of 1picogram to a 10 nanograms/day of the non-toxic medication.

In another embodiment, the nanoparticles or dendrimers are conjugatedwith Rock inhibitors and chitosan delivered as a slow release systemthat can be released from a temperature sensitive polymer that melts at42-43 degrees C. and is used with a warm compressor over or under thelid, or light thermal application, or the use of a compressive focusedultrasound applied to lid, conjunctiva, cornea, or the lid releasing 1picogram to a 10 nanograms/day of the medication.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors are deliveredwith simultaneous application of amniotic membrane and slow releasenanoparticles applied post corneal surgery, such as LASIK, cataractcorneal transplant, or any other corneal surgical intervention at 10picograms to 20 nanograms of medication per day.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors are deliveredwith simultaneous application of amniotic membrane and low molecularweight heparin slow release nanoparticles applied post corneal surgery,such as LASIK, cataract, corneal transplant uveitis scleritis orchemical injury to the cornea or conjunctiva at concentrations of 0.001micrograms/ml to 40 micrograms/ml or more or topical or subconjunctivalBotox, at 1-100 units or topical at 1-5 units or more in a physiologicalsolution of Botox, or similar preparations.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors are deliveredwith simultaneous application of low molecular weight heparin (levonox)with other medications, such as tetracycline, Doxycycline ormetalloproteinase inhibitors, dexamethasone 0.1%-1% concentration asslow release polymeric nanoparticles or liposomes applied post cornealsurgery such as LASIK, cataract, corneal transplant, uveitis, scleritisor thermal or chemical injury to the cornea or conjunctiva, e.g.,Fasudil derivatives, etc., at 0.1 micrograms/ml to 40 micrograms/ml ormore, or Botox at 1-3 units.

In one embodiment, after LASIK or any refractive surgery or cataractsurgery, Rock inhibitors at doses of 0.1 micrograms/ml to 40micrograms/ml or more for topical application or Wnt inhibitor can beinjected in the anterior chamber, or applied as drops in thepost-operative period to replace prednisolone or other steroids, orNASIDs, and encourage regrowth of the cut neurons in the cornea.

In one embodiment, after LASIK or any refractive surgery or cataractsurgery, Wnt inhibitors, or Rock inhibitors, such as botulinum toxin(Botox) can be injected under the conjunctiva or applied as drops in thepost-operative period to encourage regrowth of the cut neurons in thecornea after LASIK or other corneal surgery at doses of 1 to 10 units ofBotox injected under the conjunctiva or 1-2 drops daily at concentrationof 10 picograms to 500 picograms of Botox in physiological solution ortopical as drops.

In one embodiment, in dry eye syndrome, Rock inhibitors or Wntinhibitor, such as botulinum toxin (Botox) can be applied as drops orinjected subconjunctivally to eliminate the inflammatory component ofthe dry eye at doses of 1-10 units once a month or once every 2 to 3months with slow release nanoparticle conjugates in biodegradablepolymers.

In one embodiment, in dry eye syndrome, Rock inhibitors, such asbotulinum toxin (Botox), Fasudil, etc. or Wnt inhibitors, such asniclosamide, ivermectin, FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo. IWR-exo,demethoxycurcumin, sulforaphane and vitamin D can be given orally at thetolerated dose or 40 mg Fasudil or 1 gram niclosamide or 10-100 units ofBotox to eliminate the inflammatory component of dry eye, sulforaphaneat 400 micrograms and Vitamin D 3000-5000 IU.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil derivatives atconcentrations or 10 picograms to 10 nanograms to 1 microgram per dropBotox solution of 0.1 units of Botox can be administered with smallmolecule Wnt inhibitors at a low concentration 1-10 microgram.

In one embodiment, a topical or subconjunctival or intraocularadministration of the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil derivatives,etc., at concentrations or 10 picograms to 100 nanograms/0.25 ml orBotox solution of 0.1-1 units can be administered with small moleculeWnt inhibitors or a low concentration of sulforaphane and vitamin D toinhibit the inflammatory processes or auto-immune response.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors are administered with antibody coatednanoparticles conjugated with thermosensitive nanoparticles andAdalimumab, a humanized antibody administered topically orsubcutaneously at a non-toxic dose.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors are administered with antibody coatednanoparticles, dendrimers, liposomes, etc. to the conjunctiva asliposomes or ointment in Meibomian gland inflammation to releasemedication at a concentration of 1 picogram to 100 units or morepicograms/0.25 ml to 0.5 ml along with an antibiotic.

In one embodiment, Wnt inhibitors or Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudilderivatives, etc. are administered with nanoparticles, dendrimers,thermosensitive polymers conjugated with polylactic or polyglycolic acidor chitosan, microspheres, liposomes, dendrimers, and combinationsthereof, and they are administered as drops, or injected in theconjunctival or lacrimal glands along with immunosuppressive agents,such as mycophenolic acid, etc.

In one embodiment, topical administrations, subconjunctival injections,sub-tenon injections, suprachoroidal injections, intravitreal injectionscan be combined with small molecule Wnt inhibitors or standardanti-inflammatory agents (e.g., steroids, dexamethasone, etc.),nanoparticle implants, biodegradable or non-biodegradable polymers,NASIDs, immunotherapy immunosuppressants, etc. to treat inflammatoryprocesses of the lid conjunctiva or the cornea and the lid or throughoutthe day. For injection, a dose of about 50 picograms/ml to about 200micrograms/ml may be used, or a surgical implant may be used, forexample, in a diffusible walled reservoir (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 56B,57, and 58) sutured to the wall of the sclera, or may be containedwithin an inert carrier, such as microspheres, dendrimers, or liposomesto provide a slow-release drug delivery system.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used fromthe group consisting of topical administration at a concentration ofabout 50 picograms/ml to less than 1 micrograms/ml, subconjunctivalinjection at a dose in the range of about 1 picogram/ml to about 200micrograms/ml, intravitreal injection at a dose in the range of about0.1 picogram/ml to about 20 micrograms/ml, or retrobulbar injection at adose in the range of about 2 micrograms/ml to about 200 micrograms/ml inslow release microspheres or dendrimers. In one embodiment, aformulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used comprising intraocularlyadministering to a patient after corneal surgery at picogram to nanogramconcentrations.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used as acomposition consisting essentially of Rock inhibitors in apharmaceutically acceptable formulation and in an amount effective toenhance post-surgical to enhance ocular moisture, nerve regeneration inthe patient wherein the composition is administered at a concentrationsup to about 10 micrograms/ml by at least one of slow releasepolycaprolactone, polylactic, or polyglycolic acid, etc. over manymonths, intraocular administration of the composition, or isadministered topically at a concentration in the range between about 10picograms/ml to less than 1 microgram/ml depending on the composition ofthe medication.

In one embodiment, wherein the polymeric composition is administered bysubconjunctival injection at a dose in the range of about 1 picogram/mlto about 20 micrograms/ml, intravitreal injection at a dose in the rangeof about 1 picogram/0.1 ml to about 20 nanograms/ml, or retrobulbarinjection at a dose in the range of about 20 nanograms/ml to about 2micrograms/ml.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used toenhance post-surgical ocular moisture or in papilitis, optic nerveneuritis, uveitis or scleritis in the patient wherein the composition isadministered at a concentration up to about 50 picograms/ml by at leastone of intraocular injection, or the composition is administeredtopically at a concentration in the range between about 50 picograms/mlto less than 1 micrograms/ml.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is usedwherein the composition is administered by subconjunctival injection ata dose in the range of about 1 picograms/ml to about 2 micrograms/ml,intravitreal injection at a dose in the range of about 1 nanogram/0.1 mlto about 20 nanograms/ml, or retrobulbar injection at a dose in therange of about 200 nanograms/ml to about 2 micrograms/ml.

In one embodiment, a method to treat an ocular condition in a patientcomprises intraocularly administering to the patient a pharmaceuticallyacceptable formulation of a drug selected from the group consisting ofRock inhibitors, such as Fasudil or derivatives in nanogram to microgramconcentrations in microspheres, dendrimers, physiological solution,botulinum toxin in picogram concentrations in polymeric microspheres or0.3-5 units injectable, or Wnt inhibitors, such as niclosamide,ivermectin, nanogram to microgram concentration in microspheres,dendrimers, suspension or another polymer, sulforaphane 10-400 nanogramsin microspheres, dendrimers, or another polymer and Vitamin D takenorally in 1000-5000 IU etc., Fasudil derivatives taken orally 1-40 mg,niclosamide orally in 10-500 mg tablets, sulforaphane in capsule 10-40mg or more ivermectin taken orally 1-400 mg or more and topicalformulation as drops, ointment, or gel in a non-toxic formulation forthe patient undergo surgery in the eye for refractive errors, diabeticretinopathy, retinal detachment, or after cataract surgery or refractivesurgery for the duration until the eye is free of inflammation and hasrecovered from the surgery.

In one embodiment, non-toxic doses of Rock inhibitors in an amount up toabout 1-200 micrograms/ml effective to treat dry eye or another ocularcondition selected from diabetic retinopathy, retinitis pigmentosa, orage related macular degeneration without substantial toxicity and atleast one Wnt inhibitor or Rock inhibitor, wherein the composition isadministered by at least one of intraocular injection at a concentrationup to about 2 picograms/ml, or the composition is administered topicallyat a concentration in the range between about 1 picograms/ml to lessthan 10 nanograms/ml.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used astopical administration at a concentration between about 50 picograms/mlto 200 nanograms/ml, subconjunctival injection at a dose in the range ofabout 1 picograms/ml to about 20 micrograms/ml in a slow releasepolymer, intravitreal injection at a dose in the range of about 1picogram/0.1 ml to about 2 micrograms/ml, or retrobulbar injection at adose in the range of about 1 picograms/ml to about 200 nanograms/mlsuspension in a slow release polymer depending on the composition of themedication.

In one embodiment, a method to treat an ocular condition in a patient byintraocularly administering a pharmaceutically acceptable formulation ofWnt inhibitors or rock inhibitors in an amount effective to treat thecondition. The method provides treatment while avoiding systemicadministration of systemic medication. In one embodiment, a sustainedrelease pharmaceutically acceptable formulation is implantedintraocularly in a polymeric slow release compound having about 20nanograms to 1 microgram or more of Fasudil to about 0.1 micrograms to40 micrograms or 1 milligram of Fasudil or other Rock inhibitorsimplanted in or on the eye and may continuously deliver Fasudil for fiveor more years.

In another embodiment, a concentration up to about 10 or more microgramsof Rock inhibitors is administered intraocularly without substantialtoxicity.

In another embodiment, Fasudil derivatives are taken orally 1-40 mg,niclosamide is taken orally in 10-500 mg tablets, sulforaphane is takenorally in capsule 10-40 mg or more, ivermectin is taken orally 1-400 mgor more, and topical formulations may be administered as drops,ointment, or gel in a non-toxic formulation.

In another embodiment, Rock inhibitors at a concentration in the rangeof about 1 picogram/ml (0.0000000001%) to less than 0.1 micrograms/ml(less than 0.001%) is administered topically. In other embodiments,Fasudil or another Rock inhibitor at a concentration in the range ofabout 1 nanogram/ml to about 200 micrograms/ml is injected under theconjunctiva, or a concentration in the range of about 1 picogram/0.1 mlto about 200 micrograms/ml is injected in the vitreous, or aconcentration in the range of about 20 picograms/ml to about 200nanograms/ml is injected behind the eyeball.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil, etc., or Wntinhibitors, such as niclosamide, are administered as topical or a sprayat non-toxic concentrations of 1 picogram/ml to 20 nanograms/ml in aphysiological pH balanced, with osmolarity of 310 to prevent and treat,decrease the time of onset, or lessen the severity of a wide variety ofdiseases such as lichen planus, ocular conditions, such as retinitispigmentosa, ocular irritation following corneal surgery (e.g., LASIKsurgery), age related macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, dryeye disease, scleritis, papillitis, and uveitis, scleritis parsplanatis, vogt-koyanagii syndrome, psoriasis, Lichen Planus, etc.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil, etc., or Wntinhibitors, such as niclosamide, are administered as topical or a sprayat non-toxic concentrations of 1 picogram/ml to 20 nanograms/m, or in anointment or cream, or suspension of microspheres and dendrimers inmeibomian gland disease.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Botulinum toxins areadministered as topical or a spray at non-toxic concentrations of 1picogram/ml to 1 nanograms in a cream, ointment, suspension ofmicrospheres or dendrimers, etc. for topical application in lichenplanus, nerve damage after LASIK or refractive surgery procedures, ordiabetes or wrinkle treatment.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil 40-80 mg/kg,etc., or Wnt inhibitors, such as niclosamide, 100-500 mg or ivermectin,250 mg to 2000 mg are administered orally to prevent and treat, decreasethe time of onset, or lessen the severity of a wide variety of diseases,such as optic nerve neuritis, papillitis, variety of idiopathic uveitis,scleritis, or ocular conditions, such as retinitis pigmentosa, ocularirritation following corneal surgery (e.g., LASIK surgery), age relatedmacular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, dry eye disease, papillitis,uveitis, and lichen planus.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors areadministered as topical or a spray at non-toxic concentrations of 1picogram/ml to 20 nanograms/ml in a physiological pH balanced solutionwith osmolality of 310 to treat the corneal nerve cuts after LASIKsurgery to decrease inflammatory process and encourage fast regrowth ofneurons from the cut end of the corneal nerves and enhance cornealsensation recovery time and prevent dry eye formation.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors (40-80 mg/kg) or Wnt inhibitorsare administered orally after LASIK surgery to decrease inflammatoryprocess and to encourage fast regrowth of neurons from the cut end ofthe corneal nerves and enhance corneal sensation recovery time andprevent dry eye formation.

Another embodiment of the invention is a method to treat ocularconditions including ocular irritation following corneal surgery,conjunctivitis, canaliculitis or Schlemm's canal of the eye, iritis,lacrimal and Meibomian glands are treated with Rock inhibitors, such asFasudil or its derivatives in nanogram to microgram concentrations inmicrospheres, dendrimers, physiological solution, Botulinum toxin inpicogram concentrations in polymeric microspheres dendrimers, or 0.3-5units injectable, or Wnt inhibitors, such as niclosamide, ivermectin,nanogram to microgram concentration in microspheres suspension oranother polymer, sulforaphane 10-400 nanogram in microspheres,dendrimers, or another polymer and Vitamin D taken orally in 1000-5000IU, etc.

In one embodiment, a sustained release pharmaceutically acceptableformulation is implanted intraocularly (e.g., using an implant asdepicted in FIGS. 54A-58). For example, a matrix containing in the rangeof between about 0.4 to 1 mg Fasudil can last for ten or more years. Inanother embodiment, a concentration up to about 1 microgram Fasudil orothers, or Rock inhibitors, is administered intraocularly, inside thejoint in arthritis, or subcutaneously or subgingival injection in lichenplanus without substantial toxicity.

In another embodiment, Rock inhibitors at a concentration in the rangeof about 1 nanogram/ml (0.0000001%) to less than 1 microgram/ml (lessthan 0.0001%) are administered topically. In other embodiments, Fasudilat a concentration in the range of about 1 nanogram/ml to about 20microgram/ml is injected under the conjunctiva, or a concentration inthe range of about 1 nanogram/0.1 ml to about 200 micrograms/ml isinjected in the vitreous, or a concentration in the range of about 20nanograms/ml to about 20 micrograms/ml is injected in a slow releasepolymer, such as polycaprolactone or polylactic or glycolic, in thevitreous cavity or behind the eyeball or other part of the body asneeded.

In another embodiment, Rock inhibitors at a concentration in the rangeof about 1 nanogram/ml (0.0000001%) to less than 1 microgram/ml (lessthan 0.0001%) are administered topically. In other embodiments, Fasudilat a concentration in the range of about 1 nanogram/ml to about 20micrograms/ml is injected under the conjunctiva, or a concentration inthe range of about 1 nanogram/0.1 ml to about 200 micrograms/ml isinjected in the vitreous, or a concentration in the range of about 20nanograms/ml to about 20 micrograms/ml is injected in a slow releasepolymer, such as polycaprolactone or polylactic or glycolic, in thevitreous cavity or behind the eyeball in subconjunctival space, orsubcutaneously as needed.

In another embodiment, a composition is formulated for intraocularadministration and dosing with Fasudil derivatives in a pharmaceuticallyacceptable formulation (e.g., in a physiologically acceptable solvent,such as sterol, lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine, buffered to aphysiological pH, etc.). The composition may be in a solution, asuspension, an emulsion, etc., and it may be administered in the form ofeye drops, a cream, an ointment, a gel, an injectable, etc., to the eyeand/or the eye lid. The composition contains niclosamide or Fasudil inan amount effective to treat an ocular condition without substantialtoxicity or mucosal or joint inflammatory diseases.

In one embodiment, the non-toxic doses of Wnt inhibitors, Rockinhibitors, or Botox, act as an anti-inflammatory agent. The botulinumtoxin or botox preparation may be administered topically to the eye oreye lid, forehead skin at1 pictogram to 1 nanogram concentrations, 1pictogram to 5 nanogram concentrations, for example, using drops, anointment, a cream, a gel, a suspension of microspheres, dendrimers, etc.The agent(s) may be formulated with excipients such as methylcellulose,hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, the LD50s of anynaturally occurring botulinum toxin protein is at 1.3 nanograms perkilogram (abbreviated ng/kg). In a 75 kg (165 lbs.) subjects, the LD50for botulinum toxin would be 97.5 nanograms if injected directly into avein or artery. 100 unit vials contains 0.75 nanograms=750 picograms ofbotulinum toxin A in the entire vial.

In one embodiment, a dose of botulinum toxin in 100-2000 picograms willnot be toxic if injected subcutaneously, or 750 picograms (100 units)1-2 times a month will not be toxic. Higher doses can be used withcaution and it would be desirable not to exceed these levels to preventan immune response to the medication.

In one embodiment, a dose of botulinum toxin in 100-2000 picograms willnot be toxic if injected subcutaneously, or 750 picograms (100 units)1-2 times a month will not be toxic. Higher doses can be used withcaution and it would be desirable not to exceed these levels to preventan immune response to the medication.

In one embodiment, the concentrations 1-20 picograms of Botox in aphysiological solution, or up to 30 picograms conjugated with antibodycoated nanoparticles would be non-toxic to the body or when conjugatedwith thermosensitive polymeric coating of the nanoparticles in aphysiologic solution or used as drops or injectable.

In one embodiment, the Wnt inhibitors or Rock inhibitors may be injectedinto the eye, for example, injection under the conjunctiva or tenoncapsule, intravitreal injection, or retrobulbar injection. The agent(s)may be administered with a slow release drug delivery system, such aspolymers, matrices, microcapsules, or other delivery systems formulatedfrom, for example, glycolic acid, lactic acid, combinations of glycolicand lactic acid, liposomes, silicone, polyanhydride polyvinyl acetatealone or in combination with polyethylene glycol, etc. The deliverydevice can be implanted intraocularly, for example, implanted under theconjunctiva, implanted in the wall of the eye, sutured to the sclera,for long-term drug delivery or injected in the vitreous cavity (e.g.,using an implant as depicted in FIGS. 54A-58).

In one embodiment, one uses a composition containing Rock inhibitors,such as Fasudil etc., at a concentration in the range of about 50picogram/ml (0.000000005%) to about 50 micrograms/ml (0.005%),niclosamide at a concentration in the range of about 50 picograms/ml toabout 50 micrograms/ml, or a combination of Fasudil or an immunesuppressive agent, such as mycophenolic acid, to achieve a totalconcentration of both agents of about 50 picogram/ml to about 50microgram/mw. Within this range, the agent(s) has wide safety andefficacy, permitting specific doses or administration protocols to beformulated for specific applications. For example, some patients mayprefer once a day administration compared to administration more thanonce a day, so a higher concentration of agent(s) may be used for thesepatients.

In another embodiment, Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil, may also beadministered by injection. Intraocular injection may be desirable ornecessary, for example, for conditions in which topical administrationis either not advised or is inadequate, for patients who have difficultyself-administering medications, etc. In one embodiment, the volumeinjected is less than 0.3 ml. In another embodiment, the volume injectedis in the range of about 0.01 ml to about 0.3 ml. For intravitrealadministration (injection into the vitreous), Rock inhibitorconcentrations in the range of about 1 nanogram/0.1 ml to about 20microgram/ml (0.002%) may be used without toxicity or adverse sideeffects.

In another embodiment, niclosamide used in amounts ranging from about 1nanogram to about 10 micrograms is contained in an aqueous-based creamexcipient. In another embodiment, the amount of Fasudil, etc., or otherRock inhibitors ranges from about 1 nanogram to about 10 micrograms, andis contained in an aqueous-based cream excipient. In another embodiment,Fasudil and niclosamide or mycophenolic acid are present in anaqueous-based cream excipient in various proportions. In anotherembodiment, to achieve a total amount of combined agents of about 1nanogram to about 10 micrograms, the drug(s) may be incorporateddirectly into the cream in solution, or may be contained in liposomes ormicrospheres, dendrimers, either in solution or in an anhydrous form.The cream formulation is usually applied to the eye at bedtime, but itmay be applied any time throughout the day if the cream does not causeblurred vision. In another embodiment, the agent(s) is formulated as asolution or suspension and is applied topically in the form of eyedrops.

In another embodiment, for long term delivery of a Rock inhibitor or aWnt inhibitor, either alone or in combination, and/or for sustainedrelease, a matrix housing containing the agent(s) may be implanted intothe eye. For example, a reservoir containing in the range of about 1milligram to about 5 milligrams of agent(s) is estimated to be able torelease about 1 microgram agent(s) per day. At such a release rate,continuous, sustained dosing may occur over 1000 to 5000 days. If lessthan 1 microgram of agent(s) per day is released, sustained dosing maylast up to or more than a decade. In one embodiment, less than 50micrograms/day of agent(s) is released from the matrix. In anotherembodiment, agent(s) is released form the matrix at a rate in the rangeof about 50 picograms/day to about 50 micrograms/day. In anotherembodiment, agent(s) is released from the matrix at a rate in the rangeof about 1 microgram/day to about 5 micrograms/day.

In another embodiment, a surgically implanted intraocular device ormatrix may be provided with a reservoir container (e.g., as shown inFIGS. 56B, 57, and 58) having a diffusible wall of polyvinyl alcohol orpolyvinyl acetate or polycaprolactone and containing milligramquantities of a Rock inhibitor or Wnt inhibitor, or a combination ofthem may be implanted in the sclera. As another example, milligramquantities of agent(s) may be incorporated into a polymeric matrixhaving dimensions of about 1 millimeter (mm) by 2 millimeter (mm), andmade of a polymer such as polycaprolactone, poly(glycolic) acid,poly(lactic) acid, or a polyanhydride, or a lipid such as sebacic acid,and may be implanted on the sclera or in the eye.

In another embodiment, as one example of an inert matrix, liposomes maybe prepared from dipalmitoyl phosphatidylcholine (DPPC), preferablyprepared from egg phosphatidylcholine (PC) since this lipid has a lowheat transition. Liposomes are made using standard procedures as knownto one skilled in the art. The agent(s), in amounts ranging frompicogram to microgram quantities, is added to a solution of egg PC, andthe lipophilic drug binds to the liposome.

In another embodiment, the implantable formation may be in the form of acapsule of any of the polymers previously disclosed (e.g.,polycaprolactone, polyglycolic acid (PGA), polylactic acid (PLA),polyanhydride) or lipids that may be formulated as microspheres ordendrimers. As an illustrative example, Fasudil may be mixed withpolyvinyl alcohol (PVA), the mixture then dried and coated with ethylenevinyl acetate, then cooled again with PVA. Niclosamide bound withliposomes may be applied topically, either in the form of drops or as anaqueous based cream, or may be injected intraocularly. In a formulationfor topical application, the drug is slowly released over time as theliposome capsule degrades due to wear and tear from the eye surface. Ina formulation for intraocular injection, the liposome capsule degradesdue to cellular digestion, other slow release polymers, such as PLA,PGA, polycaprolactone, microspheres, dendrimers are also utilized.

In another embodiment, the time-release administration, however, isformulated so that the concentration released at any period of time doesnot exceed a toxic amount. This is accomplished, for example, throughvarious formulations of the vehicle (coated or uncoated microspheres,coated or uncoated capsule, lipid, dendrimers, or polymer components,unilamellar or multilamellar structure, and combinations of the above,etc.). Other variables may include the patient'spharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic parameters (e.g., body mass, gender,plasma clearance rate, hepatic function, etc.). The formation andloading of microspheres, dendrimers, microcapsules, liposomes, etc. andtheir ocular implantation are standard techniques known by one skilledin the art.

In another embodiment, a combination of Rock inhibitors or Wntinhibitors may be dissolved in an organic solvent, such as DMSO oralcohol or sterol, lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine, orcontaining a polyanhydride, poly(glycolic) acid, poly(lactic) acid, orpolycaprolactone polymer.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil or Botox, etc. orWnt inhibitors, such as niclosamide, alone or in combination with lowmolecular weight heparin and metalloproteinase inhibitors, such asdoxycycline, tetracycline, etc. can be used at non-toxic concentrationswith or without dexamethasone, for dry eye or lichen planus lesions ofthe mucosa, or skin or other inflammatory diseases of the retina,cornea, conjunctival sclera or optic nerve neuritis, scleritis, uveitisin an appropriate physiological solution or ointment, etc.

In one embodiment, the intravenous solution form of Rock inhibitors orWnt inhibitors may be diluted to achieve the indicated concentrationusing 0.9% NaCl or 5% dextrose, or an organic solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or sterol, lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine.Intraocular administration may be any of the routes and formulationspreviously described. For injection, either a solution, emulsion,suspension of a liquid, capsular formulation of microspheres,dendrimers, or liposomes, etc. may be used.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors or Botox may beinjected subconjunctivally to treat uveitis at a dose in the range ofabout 1 picogram/ml to about 200 picograms/ml, or intravitreally at adose of about 1 gram/0.1 ml to about 200 picograms/ml. In oneembodiment, the dose is about 50 picograms/0.1 ml. To treat scleritisinvolving the anterior sclera, Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors orBotox may be administered topically.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors or Botox may beinjected to treat scleritis involving the posterior sclera, may beadministered by retrobulbar injection at a dose in the range of about 20picograms/ml to about 800 picograms/ml or more and dissolved in DMSO ora very low concentration of alcohol or sterol, lanosterol, squalene,and/or squalamine.

In one embodiment, to treat neuritis or papillitis, Rock inhibitors maybe administered by retrobulbar injection at a dose in the range of about200 picograms/ml to about 800 nanograms/ml of Fasudil and itsderivatives, etc.

In one embodiment, to treat neuritis or papillitis, Rock inhibitors(e.g., Fasudil) may be administered orally at a dose in the range ofabout 40-80 milligrams of Fasudil tablets, etc. or one time niclosamide1-2 grams orally.

In one embodiment, the ocular solutions contain at least one Rockinhibitor or Wnt inhibitor such as sulforaphane and provideanti-inflammatory, anti-cell proliferation, anti-cell migration effectsif given orally with Vitamin D, topically as dendrimer or microspheredelivery or an injectable non-toxic preparation.

In one embodiment, the solution is administered intraocularly aftercataract surgery before insertion of a replacement intraocular lens,resulting in reduced post-operative inflammation, which may eliminatethe need for a steroid therapy.

In one embodiment, the solution may be one that is invasivelyadministered, for example, an irrigation or volume replacement solutioncontaining at least one Rock inhibitor, such as Botox, or Wnt inhibitor.

In one embodiment, the solution may be one that is non-invasively ortopically administered in the form of drops, ointments, gels, creams,etc. and may include eye lubricants and contact lens solutions. Thesolution may contain a supratherapeutic concentration of agent(s), suchas 40 micrograms/ml or to 80 micrograms/ml or more for topicalapplication ranges, 40 nanograms/ml to 4 micrograms/ml Fasudil and itsderivatives, etc. so that a therapeutic concentration of a topicallyadministered solution accumulates in a diseased ocular structuresufficient to treat the disease.

In one embodiment, medications are administered with antibody coatednanoparticles, dendrimers, thermosensitive polymers, nanoparticles,dendrimers, lactic or glycolic acid, chitosan or combinations, etc.Immunosuppressives are all conjugated with the antibody coatednanoparticles for slow release as topical drops or an injectablepreparation for dry eye after LASIK, meibomian gland inflammation, opticnerve neuritis, uveitis, scleritis, etc.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors are administered bytopical drops, spray, subconjunctival injection, sub-tenon injection,suprachoroidal injection, intravitreal injection in combination withstandard anti-inflammatory agents, etc. and steroids, dexamethasone,etc. as a nanoparticle implant formed from biodegradable ornon-biodegradable polymers.

In one embodiment, a method of using Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitorsis disclosed where Rock inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors are administered atnon-toxic doses to lichen planus of the skin or mucosa. Lichen which isassociated with is a chronic inflammatory disease of the skin, mucousmembranes and nails, presents a burning sensation in the mouth, throatesophagus, vagina, pharynx, stomach, anus, bladder, conjunctiva, and themucosa appears as a lattice-like network of white lines near sites oferosion can also affect the skin accompanied with sensation of itching,reddish-purple polygon-shaped skin lesions on the lower back, wrists,and ankle thought to be the result of an autoimmune process with anunknown initial trigger.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used totreat the lesion of Lichen planus conditions using Rock inhibitors andWnt inhibitors as topical drop spray application or injection into thesubcutaneous tissue around or inside the lesion, or implantation inmultiple sites close to the lesion releasing, e.g., Fasudil, etc., atdoses or 1-500 picograms or injection of Botox around the lesion orinside the lesion at 10-100 units once a month or once every 2-3 months.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt and/or Rock inhibitors is usedto treat the lesion of lichen planus conditions using Rock inhibitorsand/or Wnt inhibitors used as topical or drop spray application, mouthwash preparation of Fasudil derivatives at 1 nanogram to 1 microgram ormore preparation or Wnt inhibitors, such as niclosamide, ivermectin,nanogram to microgram concentration in microspheres, dendrimersuspension or, sulforaphane 10-400 nanograms in microspheres,dendrimers, or in another polymer in addition to Vitamin D taken orallyin 1000-5000 IU, etc. or injection into the subcutaneous tissue aroundor inside the lesion, or implantation in in multiple sites close to thelesion releasing, e.g., Fasudil, etc., at doses or 1-500 picograms orinjection of Botox around the lesion or inside the lesion at 10-100units once a month, or once every 2-3 months.

In one embodiment, in treating lichen planus, for example, a topicaladministration may contain between about 10 picograms/ml drug to about50 micrograms/ml of Fasudil, etc. or other Rock inhibitors in aformulation which may be applied at bedtime or throughout the day or asan injection, a dose of about 50 picograms/ml to about 200 micrograms/mlaround or inside the lesion. In one embodiment, the medication may beused as a surgical implant, for example, in a diffusible walledreservoir (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 56B, 57, and 58) sutured to thesurrounding tissue, or may be contained within an inert carrier, such asmicrospheres, dendrimers, or liposomes, to provide a slow-release drugdelivery system to release the medication at 1 picogram to 100 picograms(e.g., Fasudil, etc.) per day.

In one embodiment, a formulation of Wnt or Rock inhibitors is used totreat ocular conditions, such as dry eye disease, as well as otherconditions, is disclosed. Rock inhibitors and Wnt inhibitors are used ass topical drop spray application or injection into the eye, orimplantation in or on the eye (e.g., using an implant as depicted inFIGS. 54A-58). For example, a topical administration may contain betweenabout 10 picograms/ml drug to about 50 micrograms/ml drug in aformulation which may be applied at bedtime.

In one embodiment, the patient is administered with Rock inhibitors orWnt inhibitors alone or in combination with NSAIDs or to treat plantarfasciitis associated with chronic pain in the bottom of the foot andheal it, which is caused by being overweight, with more lessinflammatory processes as seen also in other conditions such asosteoarthritis, spondylitis, reactive arthritis due to over use ofimmune response.

In one embodiment, non-toxic doses of Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil,etc., 200 picograms to 2 nanograms or as Botox (10-100 units) isadministered locally at multiple locations in treatment of plantarfasciitis or diabetic neuronal pain.

In one further embodiment, the pathway of inflammation and scarring inthe cornea after refractive surgery is blocked by inactivation of RhoKinase, GSK and Wnt pathway by using either a polymeric implant, orbiodegradable polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles that releaseRock inhibitors, such as fasudil, netarsudil, or a Wnt combination withRock inhibitors, such as fasudil, netarsudil, botox, SAR407899, etc.and/or Wnt inhibitors, such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo,IWR-exo, or GSK inhibitors SB-216763 without having the side effects ofsteroid in the eye that can produce an increased intraocular pressure orcan reduce the immune defense activation that combats infection.

In one embodiment, after refractive surgery or cataract surgery, thecorneal nerves are cut or ablated by administration of a laser, thusproducing loss of corneal sensitivity, epithelial erosion andinflammation/infection, due to the loss of the corneal reflex and lidreflex that normally keeps the corneal surface moist and prevents dryeye formation. These complications can be prevented by topicalapplication of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, orGSK inhibitors to encourage the nerve growth while inhibiting TGF betaproduction and scarring.

Example 1

A 26 year old patient had undergone a LASIK procedure for a −5.00 Dcorrection of myopia 3 month ago. The patient developed a dry eyecondition with loss of cornel reflex and low tear film production asmeasured with Schirmer's test and slightly reduced visual acuity. Theocular examination demonstrated loss of corneal sensation and reducedtear film production and presence of debris in the conjunctiva and thelid margin with a mild inflammation of the conjunctiva. The patient wastreated with topical application of a Rock inhibitor, such as rhopressasolution applied one or twice daily in a physiological solution. Thepatient felt relieved of the discomfort within two (2) weeks, and thetear production increased from the previous exam. In three months, thepatient was symptom free, the visual acuity improved, and the treatmentwas reduced to once a day drops.

In one embodiment, one uses Rock inhibitor alone or in combination withGSK 3 inhibitors SB-216763, etc. to encourage the corneal nerve growthand faster recovery of the corneal sensation and rehydration thatmaintains the health of the mucin producing cells of the conjunctiva andmeibomian gland.

In one embodiment, a topical application or polymeric slow releasedelivery of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, or GSKinhibitors are used to treat dry eye.

The following anti-inflammatory Rock inhibitors are administered to theexternal adnexa and conjunctiva as drops in the form of polymericnanoparticles or microparticles, or are implanted under the conjunctivaor skin affecting the inflammatory cell pathway, and are readilyavailable. The Rock inhibitors are administered at non-toxicconcentrations of 0.01 ng to 30 ng or more microgram/ml release for ashort time or a long duration. The Rock inhibitors may be potent ROCKinhibitors, such as Ropresa, netarsudil, Fasudil hydrochloride,inhibitor of cyclic nucleotide dependent- and Rho-kinases GSK 269962,Potent and selective ROCK inhibitors GSK 429286, Selective Rho-kinase(ROCK) inhibitor H1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK)inhibitor Glycyl H 1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK)inhibitor; more selective analogue of H1152, cell-permeable, selectiveRho-kinase inhibitor OXA 06 dihydrochloride, potent ROCK inhibitorPKI1447 dihydrochloride, potent and selective ROCK inhibitor; antitumorSB 772077B, potent Rho-kinase inhibitor; vasodilator SR 3677dihydrochloride, potent, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor TC-S7001,potent and highly selective ROCK inhibitor or Botulinum toxin, such asBotox in 1-100 international units or very slow release with poroussilicon implant; orally active Y-27632 dihydrochloride and SAR407899 asa topical solution, polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles with orwithout cell penetrating peptides or implant.

In one embodiment, after corneal surgery or cataract extraction, apreparation of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, orGSK-3 inhibitors alone, or in combination can be used to reduce theinflammatory side effects of inflammation and scarring or loss ofcorneal sensation.

In one embodiment, one uses a bioerodible implant comprising anon-anti-inflammatory agent acting on cell pathways of inflammationincluding Wnt inhibitors, Rho inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, GSKinhibitors SB-216763, or lithium chloride at micro to millimolar (mM)concentrations or in combinations, wherein the inflammation is mediatedby various conditions.

Example 2

A 67-year female patient with a history of dry eye and cataractextraction in both eyes is complaining of discomfort, with the sensationof foreign body and dryness, hyperemia, mucoid discharge photophobia,and reduced visual acuity, which is not relieved by over-the-counter eyedrops. The patient had typical symptoms of dry eye disease withmeibomian gland dysfunction, with reduced Schirmer's test results fortear film production, blepharitis, and redness of the lid margins andcrusting of the lashes. The patient was initially treated withover-the-counter artificial tear preparation, hyaluronic acid and gel,and ointment at night, and absorbable punctal plug, which did notimprove the symptoms significantly, and subsequently topicalanti-inflammatory topical agent, such as a steroid and cyclosporine thatmoderately improved the condition. Since her inflammation was notsignificantly reduced, she was treated with an off label use of a Rockinhibitor at concentration of 2 micrograms/ml twice daily drops combinedwith topical tetracycline along with application, low molecular weightheparin, 1% solution (Lovenox), a light shampooing of the lashes atnight, and an ointment at night. The symptoms were relievedsignificantly after a month of therapy.

In one embodiment, after laser surgery, a preparation of a bioerodibleimplant comprising of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, or integrininhibitors alone or in combination can be used to reduce theinflammatory and side effects, such as scarring on the external eye orinside the eye, or on the skin or mucosa.

In one embodiment, after refractive surgery, and/or in a case of dryeye, integrin inhibitors, are administered with cell penetratingpeptides (CPP) or activatable cell penetrating peptide (ACPP) coateddendrimers or nanoparticles or macrolides, such as cyclosporine A,mycophenolic acid, tacrolimus or ascomycin as nanoparticles orconjugated with the dendrimers, or in a preparation in the early stageof glaucoma as a topical medication at concentrations of Rock inhibitorsof 1-5 microgram/ml once or twice per day and macrolides atconcentrations of 0.000000001% to 1% in a physiological solution.

In one embodiment, lasers are used to cut and/or coagulate the tissue(e.g., exam or infrared (IR) lasers). In this embodiment, lasers may beused for refractive surgery, cosmetic surgery, excision, or ablation ofthe tumors, etc.

In one embodiment, after refractive surgery or cataract extraction, oneadministers a polymeric implant or nanoparticles of dendrimerscontaining inhibitors of the Glycogen Synthase Kinase-3 (GSK-3) which isa serine/threonine protein kinase that plays a key role in Wnt/β-cateninsignaling during embryonic development, inflammation, and cancer.Inhibition of GSK-3 by SB-216763 inhibits the Wnt pathway ininflammation and cell proliferation and encourages the nerve growth.

Other lasers are used to treat diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, etc.to reduce the ischemic retina and VEGF production or externally, such asskin or mucosa. However any laser application, including when used ascosmetic skin or mucosal resurfacing and skin tightening, is associatedwith minor or major thermal release with damage to the cells exposed toit and causes cytokine release, activation of inflammatory cell pathwayswith leakage of the fluid from the capillaries. In one or moreembodiments, Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors and/orinhibition of GSK-3 by SB-216368 are applied to the laser treated areas,before or after treatment, thereby reducing the unwanted side effects oflaser application, such as inflammation and activation of TGF-beta andscarring.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrininhibitors, and GSK-3 inhibitors are used in combination with cosmeticfillers as slow release polymeric implants, or nano- ormicro-particulates or liposomes or micelles to reduce the inflammatoryprocess, the available fillers include Juvederm and Juvederm Voluma(hyaluronic acid filler, Allergan); Belotero (hyaluronic acid, MerzPharmaceuticals); Sculptra (poly-L-lactic acid, Sanofi); andArtefill/Bellafill (polymethylmethacrylate, Suneva).

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, GSK-3 inhibitors,and/or Integrin inhibitors can be added to any solution, ointment, creamwith antibiotics, antifungals, antivirals after cosmetic laserapplication or after the application of focused ultrasound for tissuetightening.

In one embodiment, in laser cosmetic resurfacing, e.g., application oflaser, visible or infrared, CO₂, or Erbium laser or radiofrequency orfocused ultrasound can be associated with excessive inflammation, fluidrelease from the skin and subdermal tissue, or from the mucosal tissuein mouth or after vaginal laser resurfacing causing pain and unforeseenscaring. The use of Rock inhibitors, e.g., netarsudil, Fasudilhydrochloride, or topical solution, inhibitor of cyclic nucleotidedependent- and Rho-kinases GSK 269962, potent and selective Rockinhibitor GSK 429286, or Lithium chloride selective Rho-kinase (ROCK)inhibitor H1152 dihydrochloride, at non-toxic concentration whenreleased alone, or with integrin inhibitors, or Wnt inhibitors alone orin combination with a preparation of lanosterol, squalene or squalamineas a topical preparation, or polymeric slow release nano-microparticlesreduces the inflammatory process and enhances the healing process, whilesqualamine has the advantage of acting as anti-bacterial, anti-fungi,antiviral etc., thus preventing infection of the superficial woundcreated after laser surgery of the skin or mucosa. The anti-inflammatoryagents such as squalene, lanosterol or squalamine can contribute to thehealth of these cells and assist in dissolving the debris from the skinor mucosa, and in combination, e.g. rock inhibitors act asanti-inflammatory without producing side effects of steroids or NSAIDs,such as coronary disease, gastric ulcer, infection, bacterial, fungi orviral infection.

Example 3

A fifty year old female patient had undergone a CO₂ laser facialresurfacing for skin rejuvenation for photo-damaged skin, rhytides, andwrinkles. The per pulse power used for the laser ablation had been belowthat which is normal, and the beam had reached deeper tissue rather thancausing superficial skin surface evaporation. She developed an excessiveerythema, swelling of the treated area which was initially treated withcomplete closed dressing, and application of antibiotic Bactrobanointment and later the face was treated with Cetaphil, which did notdecrease the inflammatory response. Topical steroidal ointment wasavoided out of fear of infection, since the edema swelling lasted morethan ten days the patient was, in addition to the standard therapy,administered a physiological solution having 1 microgram/ml Rockinhibitor and at night with a cream having similar concentration of Rockinhibitor. The patient was advised to return if the swelling did notdecrease and increased exudate was noted. Seven days after finalexamination the erythema and swelling was reduced and the face regainedits normal appearance.

The cosmetic facial or mucosa surgery utilizes laser thermal energy todamage superficial skin or mucosal layer end encourage theirrejuvenation. The depth of and size of the laser application is decidedupon by the need of the condition. The pulsed carbon dioxide (CO₂) anderbium:yttrium-aluminum-garnet (Er:YAG) or other infrared lasers are themost common laser used in skin/mucosal resurfacing though radiofrequency wave and focused ultrasound also are used for one or the otherindication. The absorption of (Er:YAG) laser is more by subcutaneoustissue whereas the (CO₂) is by the water molecules producing deeper skinlesion of 50-100 μm, creating a thermal necrosis. In general, skinevaporation requires a fluence about 5-7 J/cm², whereas the Er:YAG laserrequires fluence of 0.5 and 1.7 J/cm².

The advantage of the Er:YAG laser is reduction of leakage of fluid fromthe tissue; however, the applications of these lasers depend on thelocation and degree of tissue tightening that is needed. The contraindications are active inflammatory lesions of the skin, or viral,bacterial, fungal infections, etc.

Though erythema after laser skin or mucosa resurfacing takes about 5-7days to heal. During which time, the skin and mucosa are vulnerable toinfection, continuation or excessive inflammation, and the use ofsteroids, etc.

In general, the skin is treated postoperatively with topically appliedanti-bacterial ointment, cream such as mupirocin 2% (Bactroban), orother antibiotics or antiviral medications such as valcyclovir takenorally and skin treatment with topical Silver sulfadiazine. Thecomplications are sever erythema, edema that might last for weeks thatrequires application of steroidal cream with hydrocortisone 2.5% creametc. addition to Retin-A 0.05% that might lead to dermatitis or incombination with hydroquinone 5%, for a month or more. Hyperpigmentationis also another side effect of the laser surgery that might requiremicropeels with 30-50% glycolic acid, etc.

The major complication of the procedure is infection caused by bacteria,viruses or fungi, often associated with the use of steroids in thecream.

In one embodiment, after cosmetic skin or mucosal laser surgery, oneuses Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors and/or GSKinhibitors, such as SB-216763 in a physiological solution, cream orpolymeric slow release nano- or micro-particles, liposomes or micellesto reduce the inflammatory process without being in need of steroidalmedications.

In one embodiment, after cosmetic skin or mucosal laser surgery, oneuses Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, and/or GSKinhibitors or lithium chloride at a non-toxic concentrations, to reducethe inflammatory process without being in need of steroidal medications,but in the presence of the bacteria, viruses, or fungi infection, onecan add anti-bacterial medication of anti-viral or anti-fungalmedication as known in the art to the above mentioned cell pathwayinhibitors without having the side effects of the steroid that is knownto encourage the growth of bacteria, viral, and specifically fungalinfections.

Example 4

A 55-year patient underwent a routine CO₂ laser facial resurfacing andwas treated initially with the routine postoperative therapy includingcomplete closed dressing, and application of antibiotic Bactrobanointment and skin treatment with topical Silversulfadiazine and laterthe patient's face was washed with Cetaphil, in addition to applicationof steroidal ointment, to reduce postoperative inflammation and systemicciprofloxacin to prevent infection. Two days post-operative, the patientnoticed pain and sever exudation from the treated areas with associatedred exudate. The patient was given additional antibiotics to coverPseudomonas infection, but because of the worsening of the condition,the patient was given systemic penecilin and carbapenem to treat apotential Propionibacterium infection. A laboratory examination revealedpresence of therapy resistant Propionibacterium which cannot respond tothe standard medication, because of the side effects of systemicclindamycin, the wound area was treated with a 1% riboflavin solutionfor a period or ten minutes, then radiated with UV radiation of 10miliW/cm2 as a oscillatory or painting technique for 30 minutes to coverthe entire wound area and kill the bacteria. Subsequently thelaser-treated area was cleansed and washed with a physiological solutionhaving 500 microg clindamycin/ml and 1 microgram Rock inhibitor per dayand dressed with a cream containing the same medications withoutriboflavin daily. The systemic medication was continued with carbapenem,the healing process continued for another week as gradually the woundhealing took place in an additional 10 days and the skin graduallygained its normal appearance.

In one embodiment, after cosmetic surgical resurfacing, the infectionmight be caused by antibiotic resistant bacteria, one can administer asolution of riboflavin at concentrations of 0.1-4% or more and followedwith the UV radiation to the exposed surfaces without producing any skinburn but crosslinking the proteins of the bacteria, viruses, or fungi,and oozing vessel along with antibiotic antibody-coated nanoparticleswith cell penetrating peptides (CPP) or ACPP, to enhance penetration ofthe medication inside the pathogens and damage them while combining themedications with non-toxic does of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors,integrin inhibitors and/or GSK inhibitors SB-216368 to reducepost-surgical inflammation, prevent release of TGF beta and othercytokines to prevent sever scarring, the treatment can be repeated dailyas needed until a complete wound healing is achieved. In one embodiment,one can administer any other photosensitizer with a different wavelengthof light to initiate a photodynamic effect in the skin and treat theskin as described above subsequently.

In another embodiment, the disease is Acne vulgaris, one of the mostcommon skin diseases in the United States characterized by chronic skindisease of the hair follicles and their accompanying sebaceous gland.The disease initiates without inflammation in the mild early stages butit is accompanied by inflammatory processes associated with infectioncaused by the Propionibacterium acnes, an anaerobic bacteria leading tosevere nodulocystic acne.

At present, the blockages of the glands were treated by mechanicalextraction, injection of steroid in the lesion, or light or laserapplication to the lesion.

In one embodiment, Acne vulgaris is treated initially with topicaltretinoin, clindamycin and benzoyl peroxide, isotretinoin topicalRetinoi; however, retinoid can induce dermatitis, and should be usedwith topical and systemic antibiotics, such as doxycycline,tetracycline, minocycline, in combination with topical or intradermalinjection of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, GSKinhibitors and/or oral medication, such as a combination of ethinylestradiol, drospirenone.

In one embodiment, one administers the Rock inhibitors and Wntinhibitors, integrin inhibitors, and/or GSK-3 inhibitors, such asSB-216368, at non-toxic doses to reduce the vascular leakage after lasersurgery for acne or debridement in this disease process and eliminatethe side effects of infection or delayed wound healing specifically indiabetic patients.

In one embodiment, in patients having facial acne, the Retinoids arecomedolytic and reduces desquamation when given along with antibacterialbenzoyl peroxide applied topically twice daily. However, the patientscan develop dermatitis after application within 2 weeks.

In one embodiment, in patients with acne one administers Rockinhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, GSK-3 inhibitors and/or integrin inhibitors,as a solution at a non-toxic dose of nanograms to micrograms/mladministered for skin debridement or as ointment, cream or polymericslow release nanoparticles, microparticles, liposomes, micelles, etc.with squalene or squalamine, or lanosterol, and its derivatives used toreduce the inflammatory processes while eliminating the need for steroidtherapy, thereby eliminating steroid associated complications, suchbacterial or viral infections, or often fungal infections.

The frequent use of topical and oral antibiotics to treat C. acnebacteria or other bacteria produces often antibiotic resistancebacterial infection.

In one embodiment, one administers a combination topically or byinjection of riboflavin at 0.1-2% or more concentrations in combinationswith Rock inhibitors as a topical or injectable preparation to crosslinkthe collagen of the subdermal or submucosal tissue using the UV laserradiation at 360-400 nm wavelength or another wavelength with anotherphotosensitizer and 1 milliwatt to 10 milliwatt or more of power asneeded along with anti-bacterial, antifungal, antivirals, etc. to damagethe bacteria, fungi, viruses, or parasitic infections.

Example 5

An 18 year male patient was referred because of prior therapy of an acneinfection. The patient was initially treated with by mechanicalextraction, injection of steroid in the lesion and light application tothe area. Despite the therapy with topical tretinoin, and benzoylperoxide, isotretinoin and topical Retinoid and clindamycin, thebacterium found by laboratory examination revealed to bePropionibacterium resistant to the antibiotics including clindamycin.The clinical examination showed about 10 mm swollen lesion with deep redhollow around a central exudate. The lesion was treated administrationof a 2% solution of riboflavin containing 20 microgram/ml Rock inhibitorFasudil nanoparticles conjugated with CPP in addition GSK inhibitorSB-216368 in millimolar concentrations for 1-2 hours, followed by UVradiation of 5 mW/cm2 for a period of ten minutes, followed by dailyadministration of a cream dressing having squalamine in addition topolymeric nanoparticles of Rock inhibitors and GSK inhibitors for dailyapplication, and oral carbapenem. The lesion gradually decreasedindicating that the local therapy of antibiotic resistant bacteria ispossible with the riboflavin crosslinking combined with an antibiotic towhich a bacterium might be resistant.

In one embodiment, any therapy resistant acne is treated withapplication of solution or mixture of riboflavin, antibody-coatednanoparticles in addition to Rock inhibitors, conjugated with cellpenetrating agents (CPP) to penetrate the skin and attached to the C.acne bacteria, and they are damaged by UV radiation which crosslinks theprotein of the bacteria and the collagenous tissue around the gland andalso simultaneously damages the comedone producing cells of the glandand reduce inflammation.

In one embodiment, the polymeric implant or polymeric nano- ormicro-particles with CPP can be combined with antibiotics, antifungals,antivirals, antineoplastic, macrolides, etc. as needed.

In one embodiment, the biodegradable polymeric compositions orthoesters,anhydrides, amides, calcium alginate polysaccharides functionalizedcelluloses, carboxymethylcellulose polycaprolactone copolymers ofglycolic and lactic acid, polymers of D-lactic acid, L-lactic acid,racemic lactic acid, glycolic acid, preferably about 2-150 micrometersin diameter and 20 microns to 4 mm in length, porous silicon implant ornano- or micro-particles are used to deliver the Rock inhibitors, Wntinhibitors, GSK inhibitors, and integrin inhibitors.

In one embodiment, after crosslinking, the skin glands of the skin aretreated with a solution of viscous gel, or ointment containing Rockinhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors and/or GSK-3 inhibitorsat non-toxic doses to inhibit inflammatory response in the tissue.

One procedure involves topical administration of a 1-10% or moresolution of riboflavin in a physiological solution having the osmolarityof 200-400 or more mOSm and the pH of 5-8, with or without low molecularweight heparin in 0.1-1% or combined with cell penetrating peptides(CPP) or activatable cell penetrating peptides (ACPP) for enhance cellpenetration, with or without dextran, or cyclodexterin or metallicnanoparticle or organic nanoparticles conjugated with riboflavin thatare also UV light absorbing to simultaneously heat up the nanoparticleand damage the cell wall of the bacteria, fungi, or the viral proteins,and the prions.

In one embodiment, the crosslinking solution also contains an antibioticto which the C. acne is generally sensitive, such as doxycyclinetetracycline, minocycline, and/or clindamycin, and is used with Rockinhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, and/or GSK-3 inhibitorsindividually or in combination.

In one embodiment, the crosslinking solution can contain riboflavinand/or retinoids along with another medication and riboflavin, and Rockinhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors and/or GSK-3 inhibitors,where the UV radiation does not affect these medications except foractivating the photosensitizer riboflavin, which after UV exposure,creates singlet oxygen and reactive spices that crosslinks the protein,damaging or killing the bacteria, fungi, or viruses including prions andcomedone producing sebaceous glands or sweat glands or the skin debrispreventing recurrent of infection in these areas or undesirable odor.

In one embodiment, one uses the riboflavin alone or in combination withRock inhibitors, for topical application, or if needed micro-puncturewith radiofrequency needle of the area, and crosslinking the superficialskin glands with UV radiation and eliminating the sweat glands andsebaceous glands in the areas needed to eliminate undesirable odor fromthe secretion of these glands along with microbiota the accumulate andgrow in that area.

In one embodiment, the crosslinking solution can contain squalamine,squalene or lanosterol to encourage with or without CPP or ACPP fordissolving the comedone and debris that accumulate in the outflowchannels and seal and sebaceous gland, or along with another medication,such as riboflavin or psoralens, in nanoparticles or microparticles orin combination of both, with UV radiation by two different mechanisms,riboflavin crosslinks the proteins of the bacteria, while psoralensdamages their DNA.

In one embodiment, the UV radiation can be applied with 1-30 mW or morefor a short period of 1 minute to 60 minutes depending on the surfaceareas that are treated to eliminate the bacteria, microbiota, andeliminate the sebaceous glands and sweat glands, or the infected skinareas as needed.

In one embodiment, the crosslinking solution, in addition to riboflavinhas a Rock inhibitor, such as Fasudil and its derivatives, netarsudil orSAR407899, and is coated with slow release polymers, such as lactic acidand/or glycolic acid at a concentration of 200 nanograms to 1micrograms/ml or more and is administered topically, or subcutaneouslyinside the acne lesion using nano- or microparticles with(alpha)-cyclodextrin, or (beta)-cyclodextrin, or (gamma)-cyclodextrin,hydroxypropyl-b-cyclodextrin (bHPCD) for slow release and tissuepenetration with or without cell penetrating agents.

In one embodiment, Botulinum toxin botox can be used as a Rock inhibitorin solution, or in polymeric nanoparticles, to release the medication ata slow rate of 1 picogram or more a day to 1 nanogram or 1-100international units along with a cream with or without squalene inaddition, or as solution with polymeric nanoparticles for administrationon the skin, mucosa, or cornea as solution of suspension, etc.

In one embodiment, one implants or injects bioerodible polymeric nano-or microparticles for slow release having Wnt inhibitors or Rockinhibitors, integrin inhibitors, or GSK-3 inhibitors alone or incombination with or without ACPP, whereby an agent is released from thepolymeric component, such as PLA, PGLA, or combination thereof byerosion of the polymer, and the medication is delivered topically orinjected in the subdermal tissue at a release rate of 0.01 nanograms to1 microgram/ml or more to achieve a constant release concentration of 1nanogram or more a day for 3 weeks to 6 month or more than a year afterlaser surgical procedure.

In one embodiment, in patient with acne, Rock inhibitors, such asFasudil derivatives, Netarsudil C28H27N3O3 (Rhopressa), or SAR407899,netarsudil etc. at concentrations of 10 picograms to 100 micrograms/0.25ml or Botox solution of 0.1-1 to 25-100 international units can beadministered as a slow release implant or injectable as nano- ormicroparticles with CPP or (alpha)-cyclodextrin, or (beta)-cyclodextrin,or (gamma)-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-b-cyclodextrin (bHPCD) in thedermis or subdermal tissue or inside the acne lesion as a slow releasepolymeric plaque or implanted to release medication at a rate of 1picogram to 10 nanograms/day or more of the non-toxic medication alongwith a nontoxic dose of a macrolide such as cyclosporine, mycophenolicacid, tacrolimus, or ascomycin etc. at concentrations of 0 00000001-1%w.v or applied to the skin or conjunctiva or mucosa of the mouth orgenitalia as non-toxic doses to treat inflammatory diseases of the eye,skin, or mucosa.

In one embodiment, the nanoparticles or dendrimers are conjugated withRock inhibitors, CPP and integrin inhibitors such as abciximab,Eptifibatide, Tirofiban, αIIbβ3 antagonists, Natalizumab, 3 mg to ±52μg/mL, MLN-00002, Firategrast, IVL745, antagonists of αvβ3 and/or αvβ5integrins, LM609, Vitaxin, Abegrin, CNTO95, Cilengitide. MLD-baseddisintegrins, L000845704, SB273005, or risuteganib, Volociximab,JSM6427, or GSK inhibitors and chitosan or PEG delivered as a slowrelease system that can be released as a temperature sensitive polymerthat melts at 42-43 degrees C. using a warm compressor over or under thelid, or thermal application with light, low level laser light, or theuse of a compressive focused ultrasound applied to lid, conjunctiva orcornea or the lid releasing 1 picogram to 10 nanograms/day or more ofthe medication.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors or integrin inhibitors are injectedafter crosslinking in the acne lesion at non-toxic concentrations in thelesion to reduce inflammatory processes and reduce cellularproliferation, blocking TGF beta, and scar formation.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil derivatives atconcentrations or 10 picograms to 10 nanograms to 1 microgram per dropBotox solution of 0.1 units of Botox can be administered with smallmolecule Wnt inhibitors, such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo,IWR-exo, Demethoxycurcumin, CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP orintegrin inhibitors, such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab eptifibatide or at a low concentration of 1 microgram to 10micrograms as a solution, or in an ointment containing squalene orlanosterol or squalamine to combat bacterial, viral, and fungalinfections, while reducing simultaneously the inflammatory processeswithout steroidal medication that creates the side effect of encouragingbacterial, viral, or fungal infections or parasitic infection of alesion.

In one embodiment, before or after crosslinking of the acne usingtopical riboflavin or Psoralens in nano- or microparticles with orwithout CPP or ACPP solution and UV radiation, one can apply topicallyan ointment or cream containing squalene, lanosterol, or squalamine todissolve the comedone of the acne alone or in combination with Rockinhibitors, such as fasudil netarsudil, botox, SAR407899, etc. and/orWnt inhibitors, such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo,Demethoxycurcumin, CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP or integrininhibitors such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab eptifibatide.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are selected from the groupconsisting of Fasudil, Ripasudil, RKI-1447, Y-27632, GSK429286A,Y-30141, Botox and combinations thereof where the device such as poroussilicon or polylactic acid or polycaprolactone releases the Rockinhibitor for 1 year to 3 years at a rate of about 1 micrograms/day to 5micrograms/day, and botox as a concentration of 1-100 international unitor more released at 1 units or more per day.

In one embodiment, one administers to the eye surface or under theconjunctiva, in the choroid, in the anterior chamber, or in the vitreouscavity, the Rock inhibitor for reducing TGF-β production after therapyand the subsequent scar formation in form of drops or combined withpolymeric nanoparticles for slow release delivery after any ocularsurgery such as retinal detachment, or complicated retinal detachmenttraumatic retinal detachment, as proliferative vitreoretinopathy,vitrectomy with or without air or silicone oil tamponade, refractivesurgery LASIK, smile surgery, or intracorneal implantion or cornealcrosslinking, small molecule PRK or transepithelial PRK, smileprocedure, corneal inlay, etc., glaucoma surgery, trans-scleral laserapplication, for glaucoma, or retinal tear, or application to theciliary body or from inside the eye to the ciliary processes inglaucoma, cataract surgery laser trabeculoplasty, as polymeric,dendrimers, PGA, PLA or combination or polycaprolactone or chitosan oras liposomal or micelle form.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil (HA-1077 a selectiveRhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitor), Y-27632, small molecule inhibitor ofROCK1 and ROCK2 which acts as an anti-inflammatory agent and Ripasudil,netarsudil etc. in form of drops or combined with polymericnanoparticles or implants for slow release delivery are administered atnon-toxic concentrations for daily use or slow release after lasercosmetic, ocular, laser facial, mucosal resurfacing, or aftertransurethral resection of benign prostate, vaginal laser resurfacing,the ablation of cervical localized tumors or precancerous lesions on theskin or mucosa.

in one embodiment, Wnt inhibitors are compounds, such as FH535, IWP-2,PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, Demethoxycurcumin, CCTO36477, KY02111,WAY-316606, SFRP, IWP, LGK974, C59, Ant1.4Br/Ant 1.4C1 or oralivermectin, niclosamide, or apicularen and bafilomycin, XAV939, XAV939,G007-LK and G244-LM, NSC668036, SB-216763, gemtuzumab, etc. are used inform of drops at pico and nM concentrations, or integrin inhibitors, assolution, or combined with polymeric nanoparticles for slow releasedelivery of polymeric implants or injectable, or as an ointment.

The conventional signaling receptors and integrins serves as linkersbetween the actin cytoskeleton and extracellular intracellular signalingmatrix, stimulating the cell survival, growth, and cell proliferation.

In one embodiment, the anti-integrins are used as a solution ofpolymeric erodible nanoparticles, microparticles, and are administeredto inhibit cell proliferation and migration and scar formation where theintegrin inhibitors are selected from the group consisting of abegrincilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumab, and eptifibatide, andthe drug delivery system includes dendrimers, PGLA, PLA or combinationof them to treat skin or mucosal inflammation after surgical lasersurgery, or in acne vulgaris, etc.

In one embodiment, the cell penetrating peptides extend the agentpenetration to at least one of the posterior segment of the eye oranterior segment of the eye or from the cornea to the retina using Rockinhibitors.

In one embodiment, the mucophilic preparation comprises a compoundselected from the group consisting of chitosan, a dendrimer, cellpenetrating peptide (CPP), activatable cell penetrating peptide (ACPP),hyaluronic acid, low molecular weight heparin, squalene and itsderivatives and combinations thereof.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are administered with macrolides,such as cyclosporine A, mycophenolic acid, tacrolimus, or ascomycin inthe early stages of glaucoma as a topical medication at concentrationsof Rock inhibitors 1-5 micrograms/ml once or twice per day andmacrolides at concentrations of 0.000000001% to 1% in a physiologicalsolution. In one embodiment, to reduce inflammatory processes, oneadministers polymeric nanoparticles or dendrimers of Wnt inhibitorscompounds, such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo,Demethoxycurcumin.

In one embodiment, Rock is active in inflammatory processes, andactivates TGF-β formation, that creates scar formation specificallyafter any surgery, such as skin, intraocular surgery such as retinaldetachment, vitrectomy with or without air or silicone oil, tamponade,leading to cell proliferation and redetachment of the retina and Rockinhibitors prevent side effects of excessive scar formation, such asproliferative retinopathy and keloids in cosmetic surgery.

In another embodiment, Rock and other enzymes are activated byinflammatory processes that can be prevented prophylactically before orafter the surgery, to reduce TGF-β formation, that creates undesirablescar formation specifically after any surgery, such as skin, mucosa,intraocular surgery such as retinal detachment, vitrectomy with orwithout air or silicone oil, tamponade, leading to cell proliferationand re-detachment of the retina and Rock inhibitors prevent side effectsof excessive scar formation such as proliferative retinopathy andkeloids in cosmetic surgery or laser surgery for acne and/or inpsoriasis using Rock inhibitors, such as fasudil, rhopressa, netarsudil,and in nano- to microgram concentrations in 1 ml or more or Botulinumtoxin as Botox etc. at 1-100 international units depending on thelocation of application and if used in a slow release filler'sabsorbable polymers, such as lactic acid or hyaluronic acid or in slowabsorbable implant, such as porous silicon, or one administers Wntinhibitors, such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo,Demethoxycurcumin, CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP or integrininhibitor such as abegrin, cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab, eptifibatide, GSK inhibitors or integrin inhibitors atnon-toxic doses and applied in a physiological solution or as slowrelease polymeric nanoparticles, microparticles, or as biodegradableimplant or inside the space provided in a non-biodegradable implant thatcan be removed and replaced as needed.

In one embodiment, rock inhibitors are used in hair transplantation toreduce inflammatory responses of the transplanted cells atconcentrations of 1 nanogram to 30 microgram/ml.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors with GSK inhibitors are used aftercorneal transplantation to reduce corneal transplant rejection aspolymeric nano- or microparticles, etc.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitor in tissue or hair transplantationis Botox used at picogram concentrations or as international units 1/0.1ml to 20 IU or more/0.1 ml in the post-operative period to preventrejection and inflammation.

In another embodiment, the Botox or similar compound, such as Fasudil,botulinum toxin, (Botox), rhopressa, netasudil, etc. or Wnt inhibitorsuch as FH535, IWP-2, or integrin inhibitors, are used with squalamineto prevent inflammation and rejection after tissue transplantation.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors are used with GSK inhibitors and/orintegrin inhibitors in sub-chronic inflammation of hair folliclesleading to hair loss, the preparation can be used as a solution,polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles for slow release of picogramrelease/day.

In one embodiment, Rock inhibitors and a macrolide, such ascyclosporine, mycophenolic acid, or tacrolimus, etc. is used with Rockinhibitors as in a solution, cream, ointment or slow release polymericnanoparticles or microparticles with biodegradable polymers fortreatment of chronic inflammatory processes, such as glaucoma, male hairloss, or alopecia areata, acne vulgaris, in the form of a solution,cream etc. to slow down the loss of hair or prevent it, or in psoriasisto reduce the inflammatory component of the disease without the use ofsteroidal ointment, or after cosmetic surgery to reduce thermal damageand inflammation.

One of the most common causes of hair loss is male alopecia, which ishormonal and genetic. It occurs during the puberty and continuesthereafter. This process though is not considered inflammatory, it ishard to not expect that a very slow progressive inflammation might causethe apoptotic loss of hair stem cells and the hair bulb. Howeverinflammatory processes cause more rapid loss of the hair, such asalopecia areata, psoriasis, or other skin diseases.

The standard therapy for the hair loss is the use of topical minoxidil ablood pressure lowering medication applied twice daily. Minoxidil(Rogaine) is available at 2% to 5% concentrations preparations where itslows down the loss of hair, the mechanism of its action are localvasodilatation and/or nonspecific replacement of dihydrotestosterone(DHT)-binding sites in the hair bulb and nonspecific occupation ofdihydrotestosterone (DHT)-binding sites in the hair. The alternativemedication is finistride, a 5-alpha reductase inhibitor that blocksconversion of testosterone to DHT. Finasteride is taken orally and ismore effective than minoxidil. The other method that may help with themaintaining the hairs longer in women's hair loss, and potentially inmen, is the use of laser light radiation to heat up the skin andpotentially open the skin capillaries. In progressed stages at presentthe only manner to cover the loss of hair is by transplantation of someof the remaining hair to new area. The surgical techniques is done asstrip transplantation or mini-grafts and micrografts. Minigrafts andmicrografts are removed with the size of 1-3 mm in diameter using aknife and a fine forceps or trephine and implanting them in the slit orholes in the recipient skull. Postoperatively, the skin is treatedlocally with oral prednisone to reduce the swelling of the tissue, andthe pain is controlled with ibuprofen, acetaminophen, or codeine etc.

The postoperative side effects are bleeding, tissue swelling, edema,potentially infection, scar or keloid as a result of cytokine releaseactivation of Wnt pathway rho enzymes producing TGF beta that inducesexcessive scar and keloids.

In one embodiment, after hair transplantation, one administers thestandard medication, such as anti-infective solution and dressing to thearea to prevent infection with simultaneous administration of oralproscar (finastride) and topical Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, and/orGSK-3 inhibitors or integrin inhibitors as slow release polymericnanoparticles or microparticles with or without CPP or ACPP to inhibitthe inflammatory component of hair transplantation after the surgery, orin combination with other anti-inflammatory medications, such assqualamine or lanosterols to combat infection as a solution or cream.

In one embodiment of early stage of male alopecia, or alopecia areatathat is localized to one or more areas of the skull, one may administera therapy, such as oral finasteride or topical application of a solutionor cream having Rock inhibitors, such as fasudil, Netarsudi, orSAR407899 as a lotion with or without polymeric slow releasenanoparticles or microparticles with or without CPP or ACPP, with orwithout squalamine to inhibit the inflammatory component at non-toxicconcentrations or picogram to 100 nanograms or more, or in case ofBotulinum toxin at 1-10 international units or more per milliliterapplied using a Q-tipped applicator followed with femtosecond,nanosecond, micropulses, millipuses or pulses of less than one second totwo second duration or more of laser with wavelength of green toinfrared, preferably yellow or red wavelength with an energy length thatdoes not produce any injury or scratches to the skin, but has the effectof tissue rejuvenation and stimulating the stem cells of the hairfollicles using a thin laser probe with transparent smooth surface withno sharp edges that can pass through the hair to reach the skulldirectly, running it over the skull's skin covering all areas to betreated with one or multiple fibers optics ending at the probe's end canfire simultaneously or individually and the power supply has a batteryor the hand piece can be disposable.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitor is one of Botulinum toxin at 1-10international units or more per milliliter applied to the skin of thescalp with a Q-tipped applicator as polymeric nanoparticles ormicroparticles of polylactic or glycolic acid or orthoesters with orwithout CPP or ACPP, with or without squalamine to release themedication slowly over time to prevent inflammatory processes of thehair bulbs.

Example 6

A 24 year old male patient having symptoms of male inherited androgenicpattern baldness which started 2 years earlier with the loss of hair andthinning of the central and the top of the skull, had used the usualmedication to reduce the testosterone hormone, but has not beeneffective in preventing the hair loss. He chose to be treated with thestandard oral finistride medication and laser pulses to the skulltreated with topical Rock inhibitors in polymeric nanoparticles ormicroparticles releasing the medication at concentrations of 100-1000nanograms/ml applied daily with a Q-tipped applicator daily and thelaser pulses once to three times per week to rejuvenate the hair cellsand stimulate the stem cells to multiply by laser pulses, 1-3 times aweek; the patient returned for the follow-up of 2 month and felt thatthe hair loss has been diminished by the daily use of the topicalapplication of Rock inhibitors and the laser application sessions.

In one embodiment of early stage male alopecia, or alopecia areata thatis localized to one or more areas of the skull, one can administer oralfinasteride or topical application of a solution having Rock inhibitors,such as fasudil, Netarsudi, or SAR 407899 as a solution with or withoutpolymeric slow release nanoparticles or microparticles with or withoutCPP or ACPP but no Botox to inhibit inflammatory component at non-toxicconcentrations or picogram to 100 nanogram concentrations applied usinga Q-tipped applicator followed with femtosecond, nanosecond micropulsesor millipulses or pulses of less than one second to two second pulseduration or more of a laser with the wavelength of green to infraredpreferably yellow or red wavelength with an energy length that producesno or minimal injury or scratches to the skin to stimulate the stemcells of the hair follicles, using a thin laser probe with a transparentsmooth surface and no sharp edges that can pass through the hair toreach the skull directly, rubbing it over the skull's skin covering allareas to be treated without stopping in one place to prevent excessiveinjury to the skin having one or multiple fibers optics ending at theprobe's end that is connected to a diode laser and can fire individuallyor multiple pulses as the probe moves over the skin and the power supplyhas a battery or the hand piece can be disposable.

In one embodiment, after cosmetic surgery, the topical administration ofRock inhibitors, anti-integrin inhibitors or other anti-inflammatorymedications, such as squalamine or lanosterols alone or in combinationwith a macrolide as drops, polymeric nanoparticles or implants for slowrelease over a long period of time to reduce the inflammation andscarring.

Psoriasis is a genetic disease associate with an autoimmune responsewith elevated tumor necrosis factor (TNF), release of cytokines,interleukin IL-12, IL17, IL 23 inflammation and cell proliferation andmanifested as plaques demonstrating dry, itchy, swollen, scaly areas ofthe skin found around the joints (e.g., elbow and knee) with or withoutjoint involvement, and the skin around the plaques are red and inflamed.The lesions may affect any part of the body and may be associated withexfoliation and inflammation which is in general treated with systemicand, in addition to phototherapy, systemic cyclosporine, injectablesecukinumab, Adalimumab, etanercept, with their systemic side effectsincluding lymphoma and topical application cooking oil, sea salt,topical steroids and Vitamin D as Calcipotriol with some limitedbeneficial effect.

In one embodiment, a patient suffering from skin psoriasis which istreated with the standard topical medications and steroid, causesthinning of the skin, bruising and bleeding.

In one embodiment, the psoriasis lesions of a patient are treated with acombination of Rock inhibitors such as Fasudil, botulinum toxin,(Botox), rhopressa, netasudil, etc. and/or Wnt inhibitor compounds, suchas FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, Demethoxycurcumin,CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP or integrin inhibitor such asabegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumab eptifibatide,risuteganib alone or in combination locally used in non-toxicconcentrations or picogram to 1-30 or more micrograms as nanoparticlesor dendrimers with ACPP or CPP for better tissue penetration,microparticles, PLA, PGLA, or combination, or polycaprolactone, or asliposomes, or micelles to reduce the inflammation processes locallyalone or in combination with systemic immune therapy.

In another embodiment psoriasis lesions of a patient are treated with acombination of Rock inhibitors such as Fasudil, botulinum toxin,(Botox), rhopressa, netasudil, etc. or Wnt inhibitor compounds, such asFH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, Demethoxycurcumin,CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP or integrin inhibitors such asabegrin, cilengitide, or Wnt inhibitor with ACPP or CPP for bettertissue penetration or integrin inhibitors alone or in combinationlocally used in non-toxic concentrations or picogram to 1-30 or moremicrograms as nanoparticles or dendrimers in combination withCalcipotriol in treatment of psoriasis as lotion, ointment, or creamwith 0.001-0.008% of calcipotriol to reduce the inflammatory response.

Example 7

A 15 year old female patient was suffering from early stage psoriasisaround the elbows and neck that did not improve despite the topicaltherapy, steroids, Vitamin D analogues, Calcipotriene (Dovonexcalcineurin inhibitors, Salicylic acid, topical retinoids, coal tar andmoisturizers in an ointment, light and UVB radiation, the patientrefused to have systemic immune suppressants such as methotrexate,cyclosporine or biologics such as secukinumab (Cosentyx) and ixekizumab(Taltz)etanercept (Enbrel), infliximab (Remicade), adalimumab (Humira),ustekinumab (Stelara), golimumab (Simponi), apremilast (Otezla), thepatient was treated with therapies without steroids but administeringRock inhibitors, such as nanoparticles, or microparticles conjugatedwith CPPs or slow release implant of Fasudil etc. or Wnt inhibitors orintegrin inhibitors alone or in combination with other topical therapiessuch as squalene as ointment or cream which improved her conditionwithout having the side effects of steroids, biologics.

In one embodiment, the psoriasis lesions of a patient are treated with acombination of Rock inhibitors such as Fasudil, botulinum toxin,(Botox), rhopressa, netasudil, etc. or Wnt inhibitors such as FH535,IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, Demethoxycurcumin, CCTO36477,KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP or integrin inhibitors such as abegrincilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumab eptifibatide, risuteganibalone or in combination locally used in non-toxic concentrations ofpicogram to 1-3 or more micrograms as nanoparticles, dendrimers,microparticles, PLA, PGLA, or combination or polycaprolactone or asliposomes, or micelles or implantable along with fillers such asJuvederm and Juvederm Voluma (hyaluronic acid filler; Allergan),Belotero (hyaluronic acid; Merz Pharmaceuticals), Sculptra(poly-L-lactic acid), Sanofi or combination or as porous implantableporous silicon injected under the skin to release the medication over1-3 years, and gradually reduce the inflammation processes locally aloneor in combination with systemic immune therapy.

In one embodiment, the joint psoriasis is treated with injection insidethe joint of preparation of Rock inhibitors such as Fasudil, botulinumtoxin, (Botox), rhopressa, netasudil, etc. or Wnt inhibitors such asFH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, Demethoxycurcumin,CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP or integrin inhibitors such asabegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumab eptifibatidealone or in combination locally used in non-toxic concentrations orpicogram to 1-3 or more micrograms as nanoparticles dendrimers,microparticles, PLA, PGLA, or combination or polycaprolactone or asliposomes, or micelles or implantable erodible polymers with the size of0.1-3 mm and diameter of 10-100 or more microns.

In one embodiment, one administers the combination of Rock inhibitors innano and picogram concentrations such as fasudil, Netarsudil andmacrolides such as cyclosporine, mycophenolic acid, tacrolimus, orascomycin etc. at concentrations of 0 00000001-1% w.v or applied asnon-toxic doses in the treatment of open angle glaucoma or inconjunction with alpha adrenergic anti-glaucoma medications as topicaldrops or polymeric nanoparticles or implants under the conjunctiva, tothe cornea, and Rho-kinases GSK 269962, potent and selective Rockinhibitor GSK 429286, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor H1152dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor Glycyl H 1152dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor; more selectiveanalogue of H1152, cell-permeable, selective Rho-kinase inhibitor OXA 06dihydrochloride, potent Rock inhibitor PKI1447 dihydrochloride, potentand selective Rock inhibitor; antitumor SB 772077B, potent Rho-kinaseinhibitor; vasodilator SR 3677 dihydrochloride, potent, selectiveRho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor TC-S7001, potent and highly selective Rockinhibitor; orally active Y-27632 dihydrochloride or SAR407899.

In one embodiment, the integrins are transmembrane receptors that act asmechanosensors and signal transduction platforms, adhesion molecules inmany diseases processes, and their inhibition can prevent or treat thedevelopment of the inflammatory diseases and their sequelae.

In one embodiment, one administers polymeric nanoparticles or dendrimerswith the anti-integrins such as Risuteganib, vedolizumab,integrin-targeted therapeutics, abegrin cilengitide, abciximab,tirofiban, natalizumab eptifibatide are used alone or in combinationwith Rho-kinase inhibitors or Wnt inhibitors among others, oranti-VEGFs, GSK-3 inhibitors, or GSK 429286 to reduce the inflammationand reduce cell proliferation, and can be used simultaneously for drugdelivery purposes in cutaneous inflammatory diseases.

In one embodiment, one administers polymeric nanoparticles or dendrimerswith Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, or GSKinhibitors that are used in a slow release form as polymericnanoparticles such as biodegradable polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid,(PLGA) copolymer, PLGA copolymer, about 10% to 90% by weight of theimplant, or a 50/50 PLGA copolymer for about 3-months to a year, or inporous silicon for 1-3 years in concentrations of 0.01 microgram/day to5 micrograms/day as needed.

In one embodiment, the GSK-3 inhibitor lithium chloride at mMconcentrations or SB-216763, a GSK-3β cell-permeable inhibitor can beadded to the solution of Rock inhibitors or the ointments to interruptthe Wnt pathway and reduce localized skin inflammation and enhance thenerve growth after the skin surgery or inflammatory skin or mucosadiseases preventing severe fibrosis of the tissue.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrininhibitors, or GSK inhibitors are used along with antiproliferativemedications after removal of cutaneous precancerous lesion or after skinor tumor resection or with antibiotics in infection caused by bacteriausing nanoparticles, dendrimers, and microparticles of PLA, PGLA, withcrosslinking the tissue using riboflavin and UV radiation.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, integrininhibitors, Fasudil, botulinum toxin, (Botox), rhopressa, netasudil,etc. or Wnt inhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, or GSK inhibitors are usedalong with macrolides, anti-infective medication with or withoutsqualamine are administered in a physiological preparation withpolymeric nanoparticles, microparticles, or cream for surfaceapplication after thermal or chemical burns of the skin or mucosa suchas conjunctiva, mouth, accidental ingestion of hot fluid or chemical,etc. face, hand, legs or skull etc. as a solution, cream, etc. to reduceinflammation and scarring.

In one embodiment, nanoparticles deliver Rock inhibitors, Wntinhibitors, integrin inhibitors, Fasudil, rhopressa, netasudil, etc. orWnt inhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, or GSK inhibitors are used alongwith macrolides, anti-infective medication with or without squalamineare administered in a physiological preparation with polymericnanoparticles, microparticles, or cream with or withoutsqualamine/antibiotics or with semifluorinated alkane/siloxane forsurface application after thermal or chemical burns of the skin ormucosa such as conjunctiva, mouth, accidental ingestion of hot fluid orchemical etc. face, hand, legs or skull etc. as solution, cream, etc. toreduce activation of TGF-beta and scarring.

In one embodiment, nanoparticles deliver rock inhibitors, Wntinhibitors, integrin inhibitors, Fasudil, rhopressa, netasudil, etc. orWnt inhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, or GSK inhibitors are used alongwith macrolides, anti-infective medication with polymeric nanoparticles,microparticles, surface application after thermal or chemical burns ofthe skin or mucosa such as conjunctiva, mouth, accidental ingestion ofhot fluid or chemical etc. face, hand, legs or skull to the respiratorytract to reduce activation of TGF-beta and scarring, and fibrosis afterinflammatory diseases of the lung.

Inhalation has been used for long time for delivery of medication notonly to the lung but also for systemic therapy bypassing intravenousadministration. However, it seems to be most attractive for the diseasesaffecting the lungs and the cardiovascular system which is closelyrelated to the arterial oxygenated blood returning to the heart, leftventricle, aorta and coronary arteries etc.

The distribution of the medication through inhalation is fast and can bealso localized to specific lobes of the lung if delivered through anasal tube under bronchoscopy visualization of the catheter or a tube,after local spray anesthesia of the surfaces of the nasal, throat andtrachea. The respiratory tract include nose pharynx followed by trachea,bronchi and lung alveoli. The right lung has three lobes whereas theleft lung has two lobes. Both have alveoli, blood that are covered witha layer of mucin and fluid and function as gas exchange, in addition toits vessels and lymph nodes. The clearance of the medication from thelung occurs mostly by systemic absorption, mucociliary or macrophageenzymatic activity.

Liquid nebulizers or pressure metered doses are used to deliveraerosolized medications in the respiratory system, however, the use ofstandard methodology has suffered from short half life timenecessitating repeated applications.

Small lipophilic and hydrophobic drugs are comprehensively absorbedwithin 1-2 minutes from the lung into the systemic circulation viapassive diffusion, while small hydrophilic drugs are absorbed within 65minutes, factors that contribute to enhance drug bioavailability areslowing down the enzymatic degradation, targeting the site of the lung,or the diseases process, reduce the frequency of the application of themedication and reducing local or systemic side effects. Among thesefactors are the size of the particles delivered.

In general, the particles of 2-3 microns are deposited in the upperrespiratory tract, whereas the smaller than 2 micron particles reach thelung alveoli and the particles smaller than 0.5 micron can also beexhaled. Therefore, the size of the particles determines where theparticles travel and also the length of the duration of the drugdelivery. The majority of deposited particles are cleared by mucociliaryclearance that is increased by inflammatory diseases of the lung. Theaerosolized particles have a size of 0.001 to about 100 microns. Onesuccessful example of particulate-based drug delivery system includesthe use of large porous microparticles (LPPs) with size greater than 5μm, but with a density of less than 0.1 g/L or less. The LPPs showed anappealing ability to escape macrophage uptake and deposit homogeneouslyin the lung.

In one embodiment, the nanoparticles or microparticles can be can be thesize of 0.1-5 microns, can be swellable after administration,crosslinked or noncrosslinked chitosan, or pegulated poly chitosans,micelles, hyaluronic acid, HA-conjugated medication, PEG-microspheres oflactic acid or glycolic acid or combination liposomes filled withmedication, solid lipid nanoparticles or PEG-SLN, chitosan,poly(lactic-co-glycolic) acid, poly(lactic) acid,poly(butylcyanoacrylate), and poly(lactic-co-lysine, polybutylcyanoacrylate (PCL) or Polymeric micelles, amphiphilicmacromolecules self-assemble to core-shell nanostructure orCyclodextrins (CDs) are cyclic polymers of α-D-glycopyranose composed ofcyclic oligosaccharides, CDs; α-, β- and γ-CDs, etc.

In one embodiment, the antibody-coated polymeric nanoparticles can carryantibiotics, antifungals, antiviral medication, macrolides,antiproliferative agents in addition to Rock inhibitors, or Wntinhibitors or GSK inhibitors or integrin inhibitors to reduceinflammatory components of the lung disease, prevent pulmonary fibrosis,in patients with tumors of the lung along with antiproliferative agents,multiple checkpoint inhibitors, or immune stimulators such as IL-2,Tumor Necrotic Factors, Toll-like receptors, etc.

In one embodiment, the antibody coated polymeric nanoparticles aredelivered with nebulizers, or pressure metered dose devices.

In one embodiment, the antibodies are coated to deliver the medicationsetc.

In one embodiment, the nanoparticles are delivered locally in the lungunder the control of a bronchoscope in aerosolized polymericnanoparticles.

In one embodiment, the polymeric nano- or microparticles are deliveredin semifluorinated alkane that evaporates fast while leaving themedication at the desired location locally or diffusely in the lungcarrying Rock inhibitors, or Wnt inhibitors, or GSK inhibitors oranti-integrins in conjunction with antibiotics, antifungal, antivirals,anti-neoplastic medication to control the inflammatory process in thelung and eliminating the side effects of steroids or NSAIDS.

In one embodiment, the polymeric nano or microparticles are delivered insemifluorinated alkane that evaporates fast while leaving the medicationat the desired location locally or diffusely in the lung carrying Rockinhibitors, or Wnt inhibitors, or GSK inhibitors or ant-integrins inconjunction with medications that stabilize heart rhythm, or treatatherosclerotic disease of the coronary vessels, aorta, lung vessels oracrotic artery and the entire circulatory diseases.

Although semifluorinated alkane (SFA) compounds have been described forthe transport of various medications, and to deliver variousmedications, the maximal expected duration of medication after the SFAevaporation is about 4-6 hours. They have not been described totransport slow release medications from polymeric compounds such aspolymeric compositions orthoesters, Anhydrides, amides, calcium alginatepolysaccharides functionalized celluloses, carboxymethylcellulose,polycaprolactone, copolymers of glycolic and lactic acid, polymers ofD-lactic acid, L-lactic acid, racemic lactic acid, glycolic acid, orporous silicon (not silicone oil), etc. The SAF delivery of medicationusing nanoparticles of 1-100 nm limits the duration of the medicationrelease, which occurs fast. However, polymeric nanoparticles can be madefrom preferably about 1 nm-150 micron in diameter and 20 micron-1 mm ormore in length depending if it is used for inhalation or on the surfaceof the skin or mucosa and use the SAF for their carrier while thepolymeric compound remains on or inside the tissue for days or evenmonths if desired for the release of the medication depending on thepercentage of the drug per volume of the polymer such as 10% w/v to 50%w/v or more is selected and the polymeric compound. This combination ofSAF with polymeric slow release compound(s) delivers the medicationlonger than described previously for the semifluorinatedalkane/medication alone and eliminates the need for daily multipleapplications. One can also choose the previously described compositionof SFA with a straight chain or branched perfluoro alkyl group or acomposition depending on the number of carbon molecules, etc. that canevaporate faster or slower at room temperature or when it reaches 37C,or the body temperature. The active component of the SFA/Polymer for usein the present preparation are compounds that inhibit or stimulate oneor the other cellular activity such as Wnt inhibitors, Rock inhibitors,GSK inhibitors, or integrin inhibitors; though practically any othermedications can be delivered with this system such as antibacterials,antifungals, anti-virals anti-parasitics, anti-inflammatory agents,including prostaglandin analogues, antihistaminic, growth hormones, orbiologics, anti-VEGFs, macrolides, anti-proliferative, vasoconstrictiveor vasodilatators.

In one embodiment, perfluorocarbon liquids or semifluorinated alkanesuch as F4H5, F4H6, F4H8, F6H6 F6H8 etc. alone or in combination withone siloxane can be used as a carrier formulation to carry slow releasepolymeric nano- to microparticles of polylactic, micelles, orpolycaprolactone, copolymers of glycolic and lactic acid of Rockinhibitors, such as fasudil netarsudil, SAR407899, etc. and/or Wntinhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, or GSKinhibitors SB-216763 etc. at non-toxic concentrations releasing 1picogram to nanogram/ml or higher concentrations or integrin inhibitorssuch as abciximab, Eptifibatide, Tirofiban, αIIbβ3 antagonists,Natalizumab, 3 microgam/ml as topical applications after refractivesurgery of the cornea, cataract, LASIK or smile procedure or glaucomasurgery or glaucoma laser surgery or after cosmetic facial laser surgeryor skin resurfacing, or after laser surgery, etc. for laser andnon-laser treatment of acne vulgaris or as topical application, lotion,cream in dry eye, psoriasis, skin or mucosa burn, or after laser surgeryfor hair regrowth or hair transplantation along with an antibiotic toprevent infection while discouraging keloid formation, in oral, nasal,or respiratory system diseases, for asthma, pulmonary hypertension, orin treatment of pneumonia to inhibit TGF-beta activation and to preventpulmonary fibrosis.

Example 8

A 40 year old patient had undergone a LASIK procedure one month ago fora −7.00 D correction of myopia developed reduced visual acuity in anirritated eye with presence of debris at the lid margin and low tearfilm production. The corneal sensation was reduced as measured withCochet Bonnet aesthesiometer, loss of cornel reflex, the conjunctiva andthe lid margin were inflamed. The patient was treated with topicalapplication of a Rock inhibitor as polymeric PGLA nanoparticle and insemifluorinated alkane and polymeric PGLA nanoparticle of cyclosporine,once a day for one week then as needed once or twice a week. Thetreatment was continued for another three months, the discomfortdisappeared and tear production increased and visual acuity returned tonormal.

In one embodiment, perfluorocarbon liquids or semifluorinated alkanesuch as F4H5, F4H6, F4H8, F6H6 F6H8 etc. alone with or without siloxanewith polymeric slow release nano-microparticles of polylactic,polyglycolic acid, or polycaprolactone or porous silicon dispersed inthe semifluorinated alkane formulation, conjugated with or without anadditional amphiphilic cationic polymer such as such as CPP or ACPP,poly{N—[N-(2-aminoethyl)-2-aminoethyl]aspartamide}(PEG-pAsp(DET)/semifluorinated alkane complex etc. as a lotion orsuspension, cream to carry Rock inhibitors such as fasudil, netarsudil,SAR407899, etc. and/or Wnt inhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654,IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, etc. or integrin inhibitors such as abciximab,Eptifibatide, Tirofiban, αIIbβ3 antagonists, Natalizumab, 3 microgam/mlor GSK inhibitors at non-toxic concentrations of 1 picogram to nanogramsor more daily release from the nanoparticles at a concentration asneeded with or without squalamine, lanosterol, squalene preparation fortopical application after refractive surgery of the cornea, cataract,LASIK or smile procedure or glaucoma surgery or after cosmetic faciallaser surgery or skin resurfacing, vaginal laser surgery, or after acnelaser surgery or without surgery etc. to prevent cellular proliferation,scar formation and keloid and for treatment of acne vulgaris encouragingwound healing, without the use of steroid and NSAIDs or as topicalapplication or injected under the skin in psoriasis, or after lasersurgery for hair regrowth with or without laser application or hairtransplantation to encourage hair growth and prevent keloid formation.

Intraocular inflammation affects the trabecular meshwork of the eye,blocking the outflow channel of the intraocular fluid. In addition,inflammation incites production of cell adhesion molecules, celladhesion, cell proliferation, cell migration and production of thefibrous membrane leading to damage to the trabecular meshwork andoutflow channels of the aqueous.

Rock inhibitors block the activity of the Rho enzyme which is a part ofthe serine-threonine family that acts when the Wnt signaling isactivated during the inflammation and cell proliferation, and scarformation. Its inhibition reduces the inflammation and cellproliferation, and in addition, it enhances the vascular blood flow andprevents vasoconstriction and ischemia. Polymeric delivery of Rockinhibitors for a long therapeutic effect after ocular surgery thatprevents inflammation and scarring of the tissue specifically where theclear media is important, such as the cornea, has not been reported.

In one embodiment, an exemplary dosing of netarsudil 0.02% (0.2 mg perml)=200 microgram/ml or 20 microgram/0.1 ml.

In one embodiment, one administers topically, at doses of1-200-microgram per milliliter or more, or injects intraocularly,subconjunctivally, in the choroid, or the vitreous at doses of 1-20micrograms per 0.1 milliliter or more, as implants a bio-erodibleimplant or polymeric nanoparticle or microparticles to release themedication at a non-toxic dose of nanogram to microgram concentrationsor more per day for a long time at 1-6 or 12 months comprising ananti-inflammatory agent acting on cell pathways of inflammationincluding Wnt inhibitors, Rho inhibitors such as fasudil, netasudil, orROCK inhibitor GSK 429286, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor H1152dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor Glycyl H 1152dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor; more selectiveanalogue of H1152, cell-permeable, selective Rho-kinase inhibitor OXA 06dihydrochloride, potent ROCK inhibitor PKI1447 dihydrochloride, potentand selective ROCK inhibitor; antitumor SB 772077B, potent Rho-kinaseinhibitor; vasodilator SR 3677 dihydrochloride, botulinum toxin(Botox)potent, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitorTC-57001, potent andhighly selective ROCK inhibitor; orally active Y-27632 dihydrochloride,where the inflammation is mediated by various conditions of the eye,such as post ocular surgery procedures such as refractive surgery,LASIK, smile, PRK, trauma, cataract surgery, glaucoma surgery,complicated or recurrent vitreoretinal surgery, and/or laser surgery.

In one embodiment, one administers the Rock inhibitors with a slowrelease drug delivery system, such as polymers, matrices, microcapsules,nanoparticles or microspheres, microparticles of porous silicon or otherdelivery systems formulated from, polyglycolic acid, lactic acid,combinations of glycolic and lactic acid, liposomes, silicon, as nano-or microparticles with (alpha)-cyclodextrin, or (beta)-cyclodextrin, or(gamma)-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-b-cyclodextrin (bHPCD) orpolyanhydride polyvinyl acetate alone or in combination withpolyethylene glycol, etc. The delivery of the polymeric implant for slowrelease of medication such as porous silicon implant, polycaprolactonecan be implanted intraocularly where the inflammation is mediated byvarious conditions of the eye such as post ocular surgery proceduressuch as refractive surgery, such as LASIK, smile procedure, trauma,cataract surgery, glaucoma surgery, or glaucoma selective lasertrabeculoplast (SLT) for glaucoma, vitreoretinal surgery, vitrectomy,sub-retinal surgery, recurrence of retinal detachment, and laser surgeryof the retina in diabetic retinopathy or diabetic macular edema.

Integrins are transmembrane proteins which are active in cellproliferation and cell-to-cell adhesion in many disease processes andscarring.

In one embodiment, one administers integrin inhibitors as a slow releasedrug delivery system, such as polymers, matrices, microcapsules,nanoparticles or microspheres, microparticles of porous silicon or otherdelivery systems formulated from polyglycolic acid, lactic acid,combinations of glycolic and lactic acid, liposomes, silicone, as nano-or microparticles with (alpha)-cyclodextrin, or (beta)-cyclodextrin, or(gamma)-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-b-cyclodextrin (bHPCD) orpolyanhydride polyvinyl acetate alone or in combination withpolyethylene glycol, etc. The delivery of polymeric implant for slowrelease of medication such as porous silicon implant, polycaprolactonecan be implanted intraocularly such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab,tirofiban, natalizumab eptifibatide or a low concentration 1 microgramsto 10 micrograms as a solution or polymeric nano- or microparticles orsuspension, topically, at doses of 1-200-micrograms per milliliter ormore or injecting intraocularly, subconjunctivally, in the choroid, orthe vitreous at doses of 1-20 micrograms per 0.1 milliliter or more, oras implants as a bio-erodible implant or polymeric nanoparticles ormicroparticles to release the medication at a non-toxic dose of ananogram to microgram concentration or more per day for a long time at1-6 or 12 or more months comprising integrin inhibitors or incombination with GSK inhibitors, wherein the chronicinflammation-mediated by various conditions of the eye such as indiabetes retinopathy, immune response, optic neuritis, retinitis,uveitis, or caused by pathogens or post-ocular surgery procedures suchas refractive surgery, trauma, cataract surgery, glaucoma surgery,vitreoretinal surgery, laser surgery regenerative procedures such asstem cell transplantation and gene therapy, clinically the inflammatoryprocess is associated with low grade to frank serum leakage from thevascular structure of the retina or the choroid causing bleeding, damageto the vascular endothelial cell, vascular occlusion and ischemia, ormacular edema.

Wnt signaling pathways are activated by the cell surface receptorsinitiating cell division, cell proliferation, and inflammation andcancer cell metastatic process.

In one embodiment, the Wnt inhibitors such as Dickkopf (Dkk) proteins,Wnt Inhibitory Factor-1 (WIF-1) in a non-toxic nano- to microgramconcentration, Rock inhibitors or integrin inhibitors such as abegrincilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumab eptifibatide or a lowconcentration 1 microgram to 10 micrograms as a solution or GSK-3inhibitors with or without ACPP may be injected into the eye, forexample, injection under the conjunctiva or tenon capsule, intravitrealinjection, or retrobulbar injection as a slow release nanoparticle. Theagent(s) may be administered with a slow release drug delivery system,such as polymers, matrices, microcapsules, nanoparticles ormicrospheres, microparticles of porous silicon or other delivery systemsformulated from, polyglycolic acid, lactic acid, combinations ofglycolic and lactic acid, liposomes, porous silicon, as nano- ormicroparticles with (alpha)-cyclodextrin, or (beta)-cyclodextrin, or(gamma)-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-b-cyclodextrin (bHPCD) orpolyanhydride polyvinyl acetate alone or in combination withpolyethylene glycol, etc. The delivery of a polymeric implant for slowrelease of medication such as porous silicon implant, polycaprolactonecan be implanted intraocularly, in the peripheral lens capsule aftercataract surgery, as a circle, C-shaped, rod, wire or nanoparticle, overthe lens in the choroid for example, implanted under the conjunctiva,implanted in the wall of the eye, sutured to the sclera, for long-termdrug delivery or injected in the vitreous cavity for a short term drugadministration where the inflammation is mediated by various conditionsof the eye such as post ocular surgery procedures such as cornealrefractive surgery, LASIK, smile, photorefractive keratectomy, trauma,cataract surgery, glaucoma surgery, vitreoretinal surgery, lasersurgery, or infection.

In one embodiment, the topical application of Rock inhibitors, integrininhibitors, GSK-3 inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors are applied to the corneaand conjunctiva as a solution or polymeric nanoparticles or an implantunder the conjunctiva to release medication for 3-6 months deliveringnanogram to microgram concentrations or in case of Botulinum toxin(Botox) <1-10 international unit as an injection in 0.1-3 milliliters ortopical application or spray or evaporative solution or in a evaporativesemifluorinated alkane to enhance corneal nerve growth and cornealsensation to prevent dry eye or pain and scarring after the cornealsurgery including corneal transplant, and cataract extraction.

In one embodiment, biodegradable polymeric compositions are orthoesters,anhydrides, amides, calcium alginate, polysaccharides, functionalizedcelluloses, carboxymethylcellulose, polycaprolactone, copolymers ofglycolic and lactic acid, polymers of D-lactic acid, L-lactic acid,racemic lactic acid, glycolic acid, porous silicon implant or nano- ormicroparticles. The polymer can be of any size, but preferably forinjectable compounds, it can be about 2-150 micrometers or larger indiameter and 20 microns to 4 millimeters in length or longer.

In one embodiment, the polymeric implant or nano- or microparticles canbe combined with antibiotics, antifungals, antivirals, antineoplasticmacrolides, etc. as needed.

In one embodiment, the device contains a ROCK inhibitor such as Fasudil,netarsudil, etc. or ROCK inhibitor selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitorH1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor Glycyl H1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor; moreselective analogue of H1152, cell-permeable, selective Rho-kinaseinhibitor OXA 06 dihydrochloride, potent ROCK inhibitor PKI1447dihydrochloride, potent and selective ROCK inhibitor; antitumor SB772077B, potent Rho-kinase inhibitor; vasodilator SR 3677dihydrochloride, potent, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitorTC-57001,potent and highly selective ROCK inhibitor; orally active Y-27632dihydrochloride.

In one embodiment, the device may also contain at least one of ananti-vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), such as avastin,ranizumab, afibercept, an anti-platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), anintegrin inhibitor such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab eptifibatide or a low concentration 1 microgram to 10micrograms as a solution, a beta-blocker, an adrenergic agonist, acarbonic anhydrase inhibitor, a cholinergic agent, a prostaglandinanalog, a derivative of cannabinoid receptors, and combinations thereofworking synergistically as needed or GSK inhibitor 429286.

In another embodiment, Rock inhibitors or integrin inhibitors such asabciximab, Eptifibatide, Tirofiban, αIIbβ3 antagonists, Natalizumab, 3mg to ±52 μg/mL, MLN-00002, Firategrast, IVL745, antagonists of αvβ3and/or αvβ5 integrins, LM609, Vitaxin, Abegrin, CNTO95, Cilengitide.MLD-based disintegrins, L000845704, SB273005, Volociximab, JSM6427, areadministered intraocularly or topically to a patient suffering fromocular inflammatory processes caused by viral or non-viral infection orafter eye surgery, such as glaucoma, retinal detachment, or cataractextraction at a concentration in the range of about 1 nanogram/ml(0.0000001%) to less than 1 microgram/ml (less than 0.0001%).

In one embodiment, injectable or polymeric nanoparticle ormicroparticles of the Wnt inhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654,IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, niclosamide or Rock inhibitors or integrin inhibitorsuch as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumabeptifibatide or a low concentration 1 microgram to 10 micrograms as asolution or polymeric nanoparticles, GSK-3 inhibitors 429286, alone orin combination with or without ACPP may be injected into the vitreouscavity as an implant or nano- or microparticles at concentration of 1nanogram to few microgram release per day for 1-6 months in chronicinflammatory diseases, such as diabetic retinopathy, uveitis, macularedema, dry and wet macular degeneration, with or without anti VEGFs,retinal detachment, ocular tumors, multifocal choroiditis, uveitis,proliferative vitreoretinopathy (PVR), fungal or viral infections,sympathetic opthalmia, histoplasmosis, and uveal diffusion.

In another preferred embodiment, proliferative vitreoretinopathy (PVR)caused by recurrent retinal detachment and formation of traction bandsand membrane over and under the retina, nanoparticles, e.g., dendrimeror microparticles of the Wnt inhibitors such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654,IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, niclosamide or Rock inhibitors or integrininhibitors such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab eptifibatide or a low concentration 1 microgram to 10micrograms as a solution or polymeric nanoparticles with CPP, or GSK-3inhibitor 429286, alone or in combination with or without ACPP may beinjected in the vitreous cavity, subconjunctivally, or inside thechoroid to prevent the side effects of the surgery.

Laser trabeculoplasty is a procedure in which argon laser is applied tothe trabecular meshwork of the eyes outflow channels. ALT is applied toreduce the intraocular pressure in about 20-30% of cases after the oneyear. The disadvantages have been potential scar formation in thetrabecular meshwork. Subsequent studies using selected lasertrabeculoplasy (SLT) demonstrated that the thermal or coagulative energymay not have been needed for many of the patients.

Though various laser pulses have been used for SLT, no report describesthe use of femtosecond to nanosecond pulses.

In one embodiment, SLT laser application using femtosecond, nanopulse ormicropulse application encourages the renewal of the remaining cells,and to treat glaucoma. In one embodiment, therefore it would bedesirable to eliminate the inflammatory process using Rock inhibitorssuch as fasudil hydrochloride (inhibitor of cyclic nucleotide dependent-and rho kinases); netarsudil rhpressa, GSK 429286 (a selective ROCKinhibitors); H 1152 dihydrochloride (a selective ROCK inhibitor);glycyl-H 1152 dihydrochloride (a more selective analog of H 1152dihydrochloride); HA 1100 hydrochloride (a cell-permeable, selectiveROCK inhibitor); SR 3677 hydrochloride (a potent, selective ROCKinhibitor); Y 39983 dihydrochloride (a selective ROCK inhibitor); and Y27632 dihydrochloride a selective p160 ROCK inhibitor or Wnt inhibitors,such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo, niclosamide orintegrin inhibitor such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab, eptifibatide or a low concentration 1 micrograms to 10micrograms as a solution or polymeric nanoparticles with CPP or GSK3inhibitors 429286 have a beneficial effect and assists in reduction ofthe intraocular inflammation at the trabecular meshwork, thus reducingthe intraocular pressure while increasing the inflow and outflow of theaqueous and simultaneously having a neuroprotective effect on theretinal ganglion cells.

In one embodiment, in addition to abegrin cilengitide, abciximab,tirofiban, natalizumab, or eptifibatide, the integrin inhibitor may alsobe in the form of R-G-Cysteic Acid (i.e., linear form ofR-G-NH—CH(CH.sub.2-SO.sub.3H)COOH or cyclic form ofR-G-NH—CH(CH.sub.2-SO.sub.3H)COOH) and their a derivatives as a solutionor slow release compound such as PLGA or micelles or other polymericnanoparticle.

In one embodiment, one implants or injects a bioerodible polymer havinga Wnt inhibitor such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo,niclosamide inhibitors or Rock inhibitors or integrin inhibitor or GSK-3inhibitors 429286, alone or in combination with or without ACPP, wherebyan agent is released from the polymeric body by erosion of the polymer,and the medication is delivered in the vitreous cavity or in theanterior chamber at the rate of 0.1 nanograms to 1 micrograms permilliliter or more to achieve a constant concentration of 1 nanogram tomicrogram or more per day for 3 weeks to 6 months after SLT or any othersurgical procedure.

The increased intraocular pressure over time damages the retinalganglion cells through various pathways, specifically activation oftransient receptor potential vanillod isoform4 (TRPV4) ion channels,pannexin-1 (Panx1), and p2x7 receptors that ultimately lead to theretinal ganglion cell degeneration. In one embodiment, with the rise inthe intraocular pressure, Rock inhibitors are administeredsimultaneously with probenecid to inhibit pannexin-1 (Panx1), and p2x7receptors.

In one embodiment, one uses Rock inhibitors, with Wnt inhibitors orAnti-integrins or GSK inhibitors given topically subconjunctivally orintravitreally as a slow release polymer that reduces the signal forcellular adhesion and proliferation to eliminate the side effects of therise in the intraocular pressure and damage to the retinal ganglioncells.

In one embodiment, the Wnt inhibitors or Rock inhibitors or integrininhibitors such as abegrin cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban,natalizumab eptifibatide or a low concentration 1 microgram to 10micrograms as a solution or polymeric nanoparticles or GSK inhibitors429286 can be in polymeric nanoparticles, micelles, solution as atopical application, delivering the medication from one nanogram to onemicrogram to 20 micrograms per day or more. The medication can beimplanted or injected in the eye as an implant in a micro-nanoparticleformat in dendrimers, or polylactic or polyglycolic acid or acombination or as slow drug delivery polymers using chitosan orpolycaprolactone, porous silicon or coated with CPP or ACPP to reducethe inflammatory process, etc.

In one embodiment, small molecule Wnt inhibitor PKF118-310, theWnt/β-catenin pathway inhibitor and Fasudil, a Rock inhibitor Fasudil(HA-1077), a selective RhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitor, or Y-27632,small molecule inhibitor of ROCK1 and ROCK2, with CPP or ACPP, etc. maybe dissolved in an organic solvent such as DMSO or alcohol or sterol,lanosterol, squalene, and/or squalamine, with CPP or ACCPP or containinga polyanhydride, poly(glycolic) acid, poly(lactic) acid, or as nano- ormicroparticles with (alpha)-cyclodextrin, or (beta)-cyclodextrin, or(gamma)-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-b-cyclodextrin (bHPCD) orpolycaprolactone polymer or dendrimers to release a non-toxic dose ofmedication slowly at desired concentration to the external or internaleye at a non-toxic concentration or along with a macrolide, cyclosporineA, mycophenolic acid, ascomycin, tacrolimus or anti-integrin or GSK-3inhibitors 429286, or such as a topical lithium or zinc preparation,bis-indole, indirubin, aminopyrimidines, arylindolemaleimides SB-216763,Paullones, pyrazolo [3,4-b] quinoxalines, human kinome, tideglusib,β-carboline alkaloids β-carboline alkaloids Palinurin and tricantin,peptide L803-mts, Axin GID-25 residues, NP-Tideglusib (Noscira).

Other lasers are used to treat diabetic retinopathy, macular edema, toreduce the ischemic retina and VEGF production. However, any laserapplication, including when used to treat the retinal tear, or open ahole in the iris for passage of aqueous, is associated with minor ormajor thermal release and damage to the cells exposed to it and causesactivation of inflammatory cell pathways leakage of the fluid from thecapillaries and cytokine release. The Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitor andintegrin inhibitors or GSK inhibitors 429286, application to the lasertreated areas reduces the unwanted side effects of laser applicationsuch as inflammation, cell migration and severe scar formation.

In one embodiment, after laser surgery, a preparation of Rockinhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, or integrin inhibitors alone or incombination can be used to reduce the inflammatory side effects andsevere scar formation.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitor is used to reduce TGF-β productionafter therapy and the subsequent scar formation in form of drops orcombined with polymeric nanoparticles for slow release delivery afterany ocular surgery such as retinal detachment, vitrectomy, retinotomy,glaucoma surgery, cataract surgery, laser trabeculoplasty by intraocularinjection or as slow release nanoparticles, dendrimers, polyglycolicacid (PGA) or polylactic acid PLA or a combination or polycaprolactoneor chitosan or as liposomal preparation or micelles.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are selected from the groupconsisting of Fasudil, Ripasudil, RKI-1447, Y-27632, GSK429286A,Y-30141, and combinations thereof where the device releases the ROCKinhibitor for 3 months to 3 years.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are selected from the groupconsisting of Fasudil (HA-1077 a selective RhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK)inhibitor), Y-27632, small molecule inhibitor of ROCK1 and ROCK2 whichact as an anti-inflammatory agent and Ripasudil, Netarsudil etc.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors, such as Fasudil (HA-1077 aselective RhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitor), Y-27632, small moleculeinhibitor of ROCK1 and ROCK2 which acts as an anti-inflammatory agentand Ripasudi, netarsudil, etc. in form of drops or combined withpolymeric nanoparticles, dendrimers, or microparticles for slow releasedelivery after any ocular surgery such as retinal detachment, glaucoma,cataract and after trauma.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitor Fasudil (HA-1077) a selectiveRhoA/Rho kinase (ROCK) inhibitor), a selective ROCK inhibitor such asSAR407899, Y-27632, small molecule inhibitor of ROCK1 and ROCK2 orRipasudi, netarsudil are administered and released at nanogram tomicrogram concentrations in a polymeric drug delivery or Botulinum toxinsuch as Botox as picogram to nanogram concentrations or 1-10 units ormore concentration per day which act as an TGF beta inhibitor and asanti-inflammatory agent after retinal surgery, glaucoma surgerypreventing cell proliferation and adhesion.

The conventional signaling receptors and integrins serve as linkersbetween the actin cytoskeleton and extracellular intracellular signalingmatrix, stimulating the cell survival, growth, and cell proliferation.

In one embodiment, the anti-integrin are used to inhibit cellproliferation and migration and scar formation in microgramconcentrations, e.g., in retinal detachment surgery, vitrectomy toprevent development of proliferative vitreoretinopthy that leads tofixed fold and re-detachment of the retina or after cataract surgery orlaser surgery of the retina and trabecular meshwork or laser surgery ofthe iris or ciliary body or laser of ciliary processes to reduce theintraocular pressure where the integrin inhibitors are selected from thegroup abegrin, cilengitide, abciximab, tirofiban, natalizumabeptifibatide at non-toxic doses of nanogram to microgram concentrationsper milliliter or more.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors such as fasudil, netarsudil, etc.or anti-integrins such as abciximab, Eptifibatide, Tirofiban, αIIbβ3antagonists, Natalizumab at microgram per milliliter, MLN-00002,Firategrast, IVL745, antagonists of αvβ3 and/or αvβ5 integrins, LM609,Vitaxin, Abegrin, CNTO95, Cilengitide. MLD-based disintegrins,L000845704, SB273005, Volociximab, JSM6427, can be administered asprophylaxis of scar formation after laser surgery, in refractivesurgery, post cataract complication or macular edema, or post glaucomasurgery to prevent encapsulating of a stent or closing the drainagechannel by a scar, or after retinal surgery or vitrectomy to preventpostoperative cell proliferation in the vitreous cavity over and underthe retina and inhibiting cell proliferative vitroretinopathy, or afterrefractive surgery.

In one embodiment, the non-toxic doses of Wnt inhibitors, integrininhibitors and/or Rock inhibitors, or Botox, act as an anti-inflammatoryagent. The botulinum toxin or botox preparation may be administeredtopically to the eye or eye lid, forehead skin at1 picogram to 1nanogram concentrations, 1 pictogram to 5 nanogram or higherconcentrations of microgram concentrations, for example, using drops, anointment, a cream, a gel, a suspension of microspheres, dendrimers,micelles, etc. The agent(s) may be formulated with excipients such asmethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose,the LD50s of any naturally occurring botulinum toxin protein is at 1.3nanograms per kilogram (abbreviated ng/kg). In a 75 kg (165 lbs.)subjects, the LD50 for botulinum toxin would be 97.5 nanograms ifinjected directly into a vein or artery. 100 unit vials contains 0.75nanograms=750 picograms of botulinum toxin A in the entire vial and theamount of non-toxic doses are 1-50 or more international units.

In one embodiment, one administers polymeric nanoparticles or dendrimersto inhibit the Glycogen Synthase Kinase-3 (GSK-3) which is aserine/threonine protein kinase, and plays a key role in Wnt/β-catenin.

In one embodiment, the (GSK-3) inhibitor 269962, is administered in aslow release polymeric form or lithium or zinc preparation, bis-indoleindirubin, aminopyrimidines, arylindolemaleimides SB-216763, Paullones,pyrazolo [3,4-b] quinoxalines, human kinome, tideglusib, β-carbolinealkaloids β-carboline alkaloids Palinurin and tricantin, peptideL803-mts, Axin GID-25 residues, NP-12/Tideglusib at non-toxicconcentrations.

In one embodiment, when nanoparticles are coated with cell penetratingpeptides (CPPs), the agent penetration is extended to at least one ofthe posterior segment of the eye or anterior segment of the eye or fromthe cornea to the retina.

In one embodiment, a mucophilic preparation such as chitosan ormicelles, of Rock inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, or Wnt inhibitors isadministered comprising a compound selected from the group consisting ofchitosan, dendrimer, coated or linked with cell penetrating peptides(CPPs), activated cell penetrating peptides (ACPPs), hyaluronic acid,and combinations thereof.

In one embodiment, the integrin inhibitors are administered with cellpenetrating peptide or ACPP coated dendrimers or nanoparticles,macrolides such as cyclosporine A, mycophenolic acid, tactolimus orascomycin as nanoparticles or conjugated with the dendrimers or in asolution in the early stage of glaucoma as a topical medication at aconcentration of Rock inhibitors of 1-5 micrograms per milliliter onceor twice per day and macrolides at concentration of 0.000000001% to 0.1%in a physiological solution.

In one embodiment, a porous tubular implant further contains stem cells,or genetically modified stem cells, for slow release where the stemcells are selected from the group consisting of cultured stem cells,genetically modified stem cells, embryonic stem cells, mesenchymal stemcells, neuronal stem cells, pluripotent stem cells, glial stem cells,stem cells or genetically modified stem cells having complement receptor35, and combinations thereof to treat loss of cells in the retina,retinal pigment epithelium, corneal genetic diseases or loss of ganglioncells or choroid or cells in trabecular meshwork.

In one embodiment, the Rock inhibitors are administered with macrolidessuch as cyclosporine A, mycophenolic acid, tacrolimus or ascomycin inthe early stage of glaucoma as topical medication at a concentration ofRock inhibitors 1-5 microgram/ml once or twice per day and macrolides atconcentration of 0.000000001% to 0.1% in a physiological solution fortopical application or injection in the eye.

In one embodiment, the slow release preparation of Rock inhibitors orintegrin inhibitors or combination thereof are administered inside theeye as a polymeric implant in the lens capsule after cataract surgery,or implanted in the vitreous or in the anterior chamber or in thesuprachoroidal space or under the conjunctiva to deliver medication for3-6 months to release medication at microgram concentrations in anon-toxic dose daily after cataract surgery, glaucoma surgery, toprevent encapsulation of a glaucoma stent or bleb scarring or membraneformation after retinal surgery, or cell proliferation after retinalsurgery, or retinal laser surgery.

In an embodiment, where a patient's eye shows increased intraocularpressure or glaucoma, activation of transient receptor potentialvanillod isoform4 (TRPV4) ion channels, pannexin-1 (Panx1), and p2x7receptors are activated leading to glial cell activation andinflammatory response involving Toll-like receptors, complementmolecules, tumor necrosis factor-a (TNFa), and interleukin-1.beta.leading to degeneration of the ganglion cells, retina, systemic ortopical or local administration of probenecid, nanoparticle-coatedprobenecid, mefloquine, alone or preferably with ROCK inhibitors inhibitthe panx1 pathway preventing release of ATP and ganglion celldegeneration.

In one embodiment, one uses laser pulses to heat up the tissue andcreate a scar around a retinal tear preventing a retinal detachment orcryosurgery by freezing the retinal tissue around the retinal tear thatis not seldom is associated with heavy scars and traction formation. Thelaser surgery is also often associated with inflammation that causescell proliferation on the retina, producing traction on the retina orpre-retinal and sub-retinal scar formation, inducing re-detachment ofthe retina due to cell proliferation in proliferative vitreoretinopathy.In one embodiment, one administers a slow release preparation of Rockinhibitors or integrin inhibitors or combination thereof inside the eyeas a polymeric implant, or nano- or microparticles in the lens capsuleafter cataract extraction, or after laser or retinal surgery, or thepolymeric implant placed as described in U.S. application Ser. No.15/269,444, which is expressly incorporated by reference herein in itsentirety, in the vitreous or in the anterior chamber or in thesuprachoroidal space or under the conjunctiva to deliver medication for3-6 months and release medication at microgram concentrations in anon-toxic dose daily and prevent the side effects of the surgery.

In one embodiment, one administers polymeric nanoparticles or dendrimersto inhibit the Glycogen Synthase Kinase-3 (GSK-3) which is aserine/threonine protein kinase, and plays a key role in Wnt/β-cateninpathway.

In one embodiment, the GSK-3 inhibitor such as 429286, are administeredwith cell penetrating peptides ((CPP) or ACPP coated-dendrimers ornanoparticles, or macrolides such as cyclosporine A, mycophenolic acid,tacrolimus or ascomycin as nanoparticles or conjugated with thedendrimers or in a solution in the early stage of glaucoma as a topicalmedication at concentration of Rock inhibitors of 1-5 micrograms permilliliter once or twice per day and macrolides at concentration of0.000000001% to 0.1% or more in a physiological solution.

In one embodiment, in a dry form of age related macular degeneration,one administers laser applications around the degenerative areas toinduce a minor inflammation that acts as a beacon for the stem cells andsimultaneously one injects 1000-100,000 genetically modified stem cellsalong with Rock inhibitors to induce retinal pigment growth within theareas where these cells are lost and to enhance regeneration of thesensory retina.

In one embodiment, in a dry form of age related macular degeneration,one administers laser spots around the degenerative areas to induce aminor inflammation that acts as a beacon for the stem cells orgenetically modified stem cells and simultaneously injects 1000-100,000modified stem cells along with Rock inhibitors under the retina close tothe degenerative areas to stimulate regrowth and survival or thesurvival of the stem cells, while the slow release polymer releases Rockinhibitors in the vitreous cavity for 1-3 years using porous siliconimplant, polylactic acid or injectable porous nano- or microparticlescarrying Rock inhibitors with GSK-3 inhibitors.

In one embodiment, when the stem cells of a patient also carry thegenetic defect that they have inherited, the stems cells of the patientare modified in cell culture prior to the administration to the eye. Thestem cells may be cultured stem cells, genetically modified stem cells,embryonic stem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, neuronal stem cells,pluripotent stem cells, glial stem cells, etc. These stem cells can begenetically modified using the technology known as non-homologous endjoining (NHEJ) or homologous directed repair (HDR) in which the genemodification is done along with CRISPR cas9 or Cpf1 using nanoparticlesas a vector to deliver the gene(s) inside the cells, or to cut out themutated gene, eliminating the side effects of immune activation, asobserved with the viral vector gene delivery. The functionality of thistechnology is described in the U.S. Pat. No. 10,022,457, which isexpressly incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

In one embodiment, for gene transfer, one uses CRISPR-conjugated to thedesired nanoparticles via thiol to create a strong electrostatic bound.CRISPR-NP are then conjugated with Cas 9 and gRNA to be used innon-homologous end joining NHEJ or the NP-DNA conjugate is hybridizedwith the donor DNA, thus creating NP-donor DNA suspended in sodiumsilicate, generating NP-Donor-Cas9 RNP-silicate, which is re-suspendedin a cationic polymer such as cyclodextrin or calixarene-basedpolycationic amphiphiles polymer as gene delivery systems or PAsp(DET)to be used in Homology Directed repair (HDR) after administration to thestem cells with appropriate gene(s).

In one embodiment, the nanoparticles, can be metallic, such as gold orferric oxide, combination of silica/gold, QDs, polymeric organic,cationic polymeric NP, PAsp(DET), piezoelectric, such as perovskites,quartz, or other vectors such as Naked DNA, etc. with the size of 5-50nanometers.

In one embodiment, the nanoparticle is gold or ferromagnetic coveredwith gold before conjugated with the CRISPR ‘gRNA-cationic polymer andor gold NP-Donor DNA and suspended in silicate and a cationic polymer.

In one embodiment, one can attach multiple genes to the nanoparticlesvia thiol or amine, amide, before suspending in silicate and cationicpolymer to encourage cell penetration and escape from the endosome aftertheir administration to the tissue culture.

In one embodiment, the nanoparticle is PAsp(DET) or gold to which CRISPRor donor DNA is attached via thiol, before suspending the complex insodium silicate to be followed by another cationic polymer to enhancecell penetration and endosomal escape and gene(s) delivery to thenucleus after their administration to the stem cell culture.

In one embodiment, the device further contains stem cells, where thestem cells are selected from the group consisting of cultured stem cellsor modified genetically modified stem cells, genetically modified stemcells, embryonic stem cells, or modified genetically modified embryonicstem cells, mesenchymal stem cells, or genetically modified mesenchymalstem cells, neuronal stem cells, or genetically modified stem cells,neuronal pluripotent stem cells, glial stem cells, or geneticallymodified stem cells, neuronal stem cells having complement receptor 35,and combinations thereof.

In one embodiment, the method comprising injecting stem cells orgenetically modified stem cells to replace the loss of endothelial cellsand normalize the function of the perifoveal capillaries in patientswith diabetic macular edema associated with vascular leakage,demonstrable deep retinal vascular deformation or loss, age relatedmacular degeneration, glaucoma, and retinal ischemia either centrally orperipherally.

In one embodiment, the stem cells or genetically modified stem cell areadministered at a concentration of about 5,000 to 100,000 stem cells orgenetically modified stem cells having complement receptor 35 (CD 35) incombination with ROCK inhibitors.

In one embodiment, the method comprising injecting stem cells orgenetically modified stem cells to replace the loss of endothelial cellsand normalize the function of the perifoveal capillaries in patientswith diabetic macular edema associated with vascular leakage,demonstrable deep retinal vascular deformation or loss, age relatedmacular degeneration, glaucoma, and retinal ischemia either centrally orperipherally.

In one embodiment, the stem cells or genetically modified stem cell areadministered at a concentration of about 5,000 to 100,000 stem cells orgenetically modified stem cells having complement receptor 35 (CD 35) incombination with Rock inhibitors.

In another further embodiment, the treatment does not apply any meansthat provides 100% oxygen to the patient, since 100% oxygen is toxic tothe tissue and increases the inflammatory response that is not desirablein patients with COVID-19.

In one embodiment, the amount of oxygen for inhalation is 20-30% or30-40% or 40-50% or 50-80% best with standard C-Pap used for sleep apneacoupled with an oxygen tube supplying a certain amount of oxygen to theair through the nose or mask.

In one embodiment, the treatment is divided into two or three stages,depending on the severity of the lung inflammation, at least one or twoantivirals, one to two Rock inhibitors or one to two Wnt inhibitors, oneor two GSK inhibitors, or one or two integrin inhibitors, at least oneor two protease inhibitors alone or at least one or two IL-1 or ILinhibitors or one to two known antivirals, such as amantadine,nucleoside analogs such as AZT, aciclovir, ganciclovir, and vidarabinein combinations are used as inhalation where the medication is dissolvedin semifluorinated alkanes or combined as polymeric releasenanoparticles or one to two known antivirals such as amantadine,nucleoside analogs such as AZT, aciclovir, ganciclovir, and vidarabinesuch as, or again depending on the severity of the disease, e.g., inend-stage disease, one can administer these combination of medications,orally, intravenously, semifluorinated alkanes with alkyl chains areharmless in the examined range from C₆ to C₁₀ but preferably C₆, inaddition to inhalation with simultaneous administration of macrolideimmune-suppressants, such as cyclosporine, mycophenolic acid and withheparin or low molecular weight heparin or Coumadin, prevent overactiveimmune response and blood clot formation to prevent vascular infarct, aside effect of the COVID-19 infection. Furthermore plasmapheresis,kidney dialysis can be done to remove cytokines with or withoutextra-corporal oxygenation if blood oxygenation remains low with theventilator, etc.

In the abovedescribed treatment with two or three stages, the antiviralagents prevent either the attachment of viruses to the cell wall orblock their cell penetration or inhibit the virus replication bydamaging the nucleic acid (DNA or RNA) of the virus, etc. Theanti-inflammatory compound affects the cell pathway of cell inflammationin response to various agents affecting the cells in a tissue or in anorgan. Among the most important anti-inflammatory compounds are Wntinhibitors that prevent early stage inflammation, Rock inhibitors thatprevent rock proteins activation, which blocks TGF beta that stimulatesscar formation after the inflammation is controlled. Similarly integrininhibitors contribute to healing of the inflamed tissue preventing itfrom becoming overactive producing over active scarring, and GSK-3 areactive in intracellular signaling pathways, involved in cellularproliferation, migration, and apoptosis. Inhibition of GSK-3 contributesto the healing process. GSK-3 inhibitors increases the CD8(+) OT-I CTLfunction and the clearance of viral infections. Interleukins (ILs) are agroup of cytokines produced by cells and participate in a number ofinflammatory processes. There are a number of interleukins from IL-1 toIL-17, inhibition of these cytokines significantly reduces aninflammatory response in the tissue produced after an number ofdiseases, such as bacterial and viral infections, etc. Azidothymidine(AZT) or Zidovudine (ZDV) is an antiretroviral used to prevent and treatHIV/AIDS infection along with Acyclovir, ganciclovir and Vidarabine areactive against a broad spectrum of viral infection in patients with AIDSor acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, etc. Semifluorinated alkanes arenon-toxic and do not cause irritation, and can carry oxygen usedpreviously as a blood substitute. However, no one has used thischaracteristic to deliver simultaneously oxygen in the lungsimultaneously with other medications by loading them also with oxygenprior or as aerosolized nanodrops or microdrops in the spay system.Semifluorinated alkanes dissolve numerous hydrophilic or hydrophobiccompounds. Their temperature transition from liquid to vapor is low, sothey can evaporate easily. They can be formed as a liquid compound orcan be aerosolized for inhalation through the nose or mouth along withvarious medications. Their applications are best for surfaces of theskin or mucosa or aerosolized for inhalation to reach the alveoli of thelung, etc. They may not be approved yet for intravenous application. Forthe latter application, one can use a physiologic solution with a pH of7-7.5 and osmolality of about 300 mosmol to administer the medicationsintravenously or as spray for inhalation. The anti-inflammatory agentsdescribed above, including the anti-virals can be taken orally, such asZidovudine and Acyclovir, ganciclovir and Vidarabine etc. However, aformulation of these and others antivirals can be given intravenously orintramuscularly in solution or can be dissolved in semifluorinatedalkanes for inhalation.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery is described for treatmentof respiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses,such as influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 orCOVID-19, etc., EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or a bacterial infection, etc.where the anti-viral medications are administered along with cellpathway inhibitors to block an inflammatory response of the tissue whichdoes not inhibit an immune response, such as a Rock inhibitor, Wntinhibitor, GSK inhibitor, integrin inhibitors, or in combination,dissolved in a non-toxic or non-irritative semifluorinated alkanesliquid, or other liquids, which are amphiphilic liquids dissolving bothhydrophilic and hydrophobic drugs, or maintaining polymeric slow releasenanoparticles carrying the medication applied as a spray or evaporativesolution or in a evaporative aerosolized drops during the inhalationpassing through the nose or mouth to reach the lung alveoli, while onthe way the nano- or micro-droplets attach to the mucosa, epithelia orendothelial cells of the nose pharynx, larynx, epiglottis trachea,bronchi and lung alveoli. The semifluorinated alkanes rapidly evaporatesat body temperature leaving the medication(s) or slow releasenanoparticle on the surface of the tissue, thus releasing the medicationover a time period of one day to one week to 3 weeks or months dependingon the composite of the polymer.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery is described for treatmentof respiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses,such as influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 orCOVID-19, etc., EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial infections, etc.where the anti-viral medication is administered along with cell pathwayinhibitors to block an inflammatory response of the tissue which doesnot inhibit immune response, such as Rock inhibitors such as Fasudilhydrochloride, or ROCK2, Fasudill-(5-Isoquinolinesulfonyl)-2Methylpiperazine Calcium Channel Blockers, or as SAR407899, or Inhibitorof cyclic nucleotide dependent- and Rho-kinases GSK 269962, potent andselective ROCK inhibitor GSK 429286, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK)inhibitor H1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitorGlycyl H 1152 dihydrochloride, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor;more selective analogue of H1152, cell-permeable, selective Rho-kinaseinhibitor OXA 06 dihydrochloride, potent ROCK inhibitor PKI1447dihydrochloride, potent and selective ROCK inhibitor; antitumor SB772077B, potent Rho-kinase inhibitor; vasodilator SR 3677dihydrochloride, potent, selective Rho-kinase (ROCK) inhibitor TC-S7001,potent and highly selective ROCK inhibitor Y-27632 dihydrochloride,Botox or botulinum toxin in conjunction with at least two antivirals,such as Glidesivir, Favipiravir, Remdesivir, nanoviricides, Oyal,umifenovir, tamivir ribavirin dissolved in a liquid semifluorinatedalkanes, or other liquids, or as polymeric slow release nanoparticlesapplied as drops or spray or evaporative solution or in a evaporativeaerosolized nano- to micro-drops that travels through the nasal mucosato reach the lung alveoli, while on the way, attaches to the mucosa,epithelia or endothelial cells or nose pharynx, larynx, epiglottistraches, bronchi and lung alveoli. The semifluorinated alkanes rapidlyevaporate at body temperature leaving the medication(s) or slow releasenanoparticles of polylactic, polyglycolic acid or combination thereof,or combination of polycaprolactone, anhydrides, porous silicone,micelles, and/or liposomes on the surface of the tissue or slow releasenanoparticle on the surface of the tissue, releasing the medication overa time period of one day to one week to 3 weeks or months depending onthe composite of the polymer.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19,etc., EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial infections, etc. where theanti-viral medications are administered with a cell pathway inhibitor toblock an inflammatory response of the tissue which does not inhibit animmune response, such as in a physiologic pH adjusted to 7-7.5 pH andosmolarity of 280-300 mOsm or slow release polymeric nanoparticles fromthe Wnt compound, such as FH535, IWP-2, PNU-74654, IWR-1endo, IWR-exo,Demethoxycurcumin, CCTO36477, KY02111, WAY-316606, SFRP, IWP, LGK974,C59, Ant1.4Br/Ant 1.4C1, Ivermectin, Niclosamide, apicularen andbafilomycin, XAV939, XAV939, G007-LK and G244-LM, NSC668036, SB-216763,gemtuzumab, etc., small molecule Wnt inhibitor PKF118-310, theWnt/β-catenin pathway inhibitor dissolved in a liquid semifluorinatedalkane, or other liquids, or as polymeric slow release nanoparticlesapplied as a spray or evaporative solution or in evaporative aerosolizeddrops that travel through the nasal mucosa to reach the lung alveoliwhile on the way attaches to the mucosal, epithelial, or endothelialcells of nose pharynx, larynx, epiglottis traches, bronchi and lungalveoli. The semifluorinated alkane rapidly evaporates at bodytemperature, thereby leaving the medication(s) or slow releasenanoparticles on the surface of the tissue, releasing the medicationover a time period of one day to one week to 3 weeks or months dependingon the composite of the polymer.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19,etc. EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial infections, etc. where theanti-viral medication is administered with a cell pathway inhibitor toblock an inflammatory response of the tissue which does not inhibit animmune response like steroids, the cell pathway inhibitor being, forexample, a GSK 269962 inhibitor or GSK inhibitors, such as syntheticsmall-molecule ATP-competitive inhibitors, and substrate-competitiveinhibitors, non-ATP-competitive inhibitors, where FRAT/GBP competes withAxin inhibiting GSK-3 activity or anti-integrins such as Risuteganib,vedolizumab, anti-integrins, such as abciximab, Eptifibatide, Tirofiban,αIIbβ3 antagonists, Natalizumab, 3 mg to ±52 μg/mL, MLN-00002,Firategrast, IVL745, antagonists of αvβ3 and/or αvβ5 integrins, LM609,Vitaxin, Abegrin, CNTO95, Cilengitide. MLD-based disintegrins,L000845704, SB273005, Volociximab, JSM6427 or dissolved in a liquidsemifluorinated alkanes or other liquids with other medications or aspolymeric slow release nanoparticles applied as a spray or evaporativesolution or in evaporative aerosolized drops that travels through thenasal mucosa to reach the lung alveoli while on the way attaching to themucosal, epithelial or endothelial cells or nose pharynx, larynx,epiglottis traches, bronchi and lung alveoli where the semifluorinatedalkane/medication(s) rapidly evaporates leaving the medication(s) orslow release nanoparticles on the surface of these organs after inhalingone time to 10 times as needed, thereby releasing the medication over atime from one day to 2 weeks or more. However, the dose applied throughthis methodology is <30 times in concentration compared to systemicmedication given intravenously, etc. and it is more effective locally,to combat the viruses and their complications.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19etc. EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial infections, etc. where theanti-viral medications are administered with IL-1 and or IL-6inhibitors, such as Kevzara (sarilumab) or in combination with Rockinhibitors, etc. to block inflammatory response IL-6 of the tissue whichdoes not inhibit immune response (as steroids do), dissolved in liquidsemifluorinated alkanes or other liquids with other medications or aspolymeric slow release nanoparticles applied as a spray or anevaporative solution or in evaporative aerosolized drops that travelthrough the nasal mucosa to reach the lung alveoli while on the wayattaching to the mucosal, epithelial or endothelial cells or nosepharynx, larynx, epiglottis traches, bronchi and lung alveoli wheredissolved medication in the semifluorinated alkanes rapidly evaporatesfrom the lung leaving the medication(s) and/or slow releasenanoparticles on the surface of these organs after inhaling, one time to10 times or more as needed releasing the medication over a time periodfrom one day to 2 weeks or more.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19,etc. EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial infections, etc. where theanti-viral medication is administered with a protease inhibitor, such asEbselen, an inhibitor to target COVID-19, Mpro or Ganovo to block theentry of the virus in the cell dissolved in a liquid semifluorinatedalkane or other liquids which does not cause irritation, with othermedications, or as polymeric slow release nanoparticles applied as aspray or evaporative solution or in a evaporative aerosolized drops thattravel through the nasal mucosa to reach the lung alveoli while on theway attaching to the mucosal, epithelial or endothelial cells or nosepharynx, larynx, epiglottis, trachea, bronchi and lung alveoli where thesemifluorinated alkane rapidly evaporates leaving the medication(s) orslow release nanoparticles on the surface of these organs after inhalingone time to 10 times as needed, thereby releasing the medication over atime from one day to 2 weeks to months or years.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19,etc., EBV, Herpes virus etc., or bacterial infections, etc. where theanti-viral medication such as Lopinavir, or linebacker and equivir, orHIV protease inhibitor darunavir, is administered with a proteaseinhibitor such as Ganovo or INO-4800 to block the entry of the virusinto the cell and APNO1 an angiotensin converting enzyme 2 to block thevirus adhesion to the cells, or in combination with a Rock inhibitor,Wnt inhibitor, GSK inhibitor, or integrin inhibitor or IL-1 or IL-6inhibitor Kevzara dissolved in a liquid semifluorinated alkane or otherliquids with other medications as a nanoparticle compound or aspolymeric slow release nanoparticles applied as spray or evaporativesolution or in evaporative aerosolized drops that travel through thenasal mucosa to reach the lung alveoli while on the way attaching to themucosal, epithelial or endothelial cells or nose pharynx, larynx,epiglottis traches, bronchi and lung alveoli where the semifluorinatedalkane rapidly evaporates because of high body temperature, leaving themedication(s) or slow release nanoparticles on the surface of theseorgans after inhaling one time to 10 times or more as needed, releasingthe medication over a time from one day to 2 weeks to months or years inthe chronic disease of the lung.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19,etc., EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial or fungal infections, etc.where the anti-viral medication such as Lopinavir, or linebacker andequivir, Arbidol, NanoViricide and/or an HIV protease inhibitordarunavir, is administered with a protease inhibitor such as Ganovo orINO-4800 to block the entry of the virus to the cell and APNO1 anangiotensin converting enzyme 2 to block the virus adhesion to thecells, or in combination with PolyTop mAb therapy or cocktail ofantibody therapy by regeneron Velochimmune or Vir's antibody platform orVAAST platform human monoclonal antibody or TZLS-501 an IL 6 inhibitoror Kevzara or Actems Tocilizumab with Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors,GSK inhibitors or integrin inhibitors or anti-bacteria or antifungal orIL-1 inhibitors dissolved in a liquid semifluorinated alkane or otherliquids and other medications and polymeric slow release nanoparticlesare applied as a spray or evaporative solution or in evaporativeaerosolized drops that travel through the nasal mucosa or mouth to reachthe lung alveoli while on the way attaching to the mucosal, epithelialor endothelial cells or nose pharynx, larynx, epiglottis traches,bronchi and lung alveoli where the semifluorinated alkane/medication(s)rapidly evaporates leaving the medication(s) or slow releasenanoparticles on the surface of these organs after inhaling one time to10 times or more as needed releasing the medication over a time from oneday to 2 weeks, months, or years.

In one embodiment, after inhalation or systemic treatment of viralinflammation with antivirals, a severe inflammatory response is treatedwith Rock, Wnt, GSK, or integrin inhibitors alone or in conjunction withother therapeutic immunosuppressant agents dissolved in thesemifluorinated alkanes or other liquids with other medications, such asa macrolide cyclosporine, mycophenolic acid, ascomycin Immunomycin,FR-900520, FK520, is an ethyl analog of tacrolimus (FK506) forinhalation, can reduce the overt inflammatory response of the diseaseprocess; although, in a later stage of the disease, steroids can be usedeven though steroids have their unwanted side effects and also can bereplaced with NSAIDs that are more desirable, however, inhalation wouldbe preferable to systemic therapy, except in desperate end stage caseswhere systemic steroids might be useful in combination with antivirals.

In one embodiment, in an immunosuppressed individual after organtransplantation, in addition to inhalation therapy, systemicadministration of natural killer cells or modified killer T-cellssystemically along with Wnt, Rock, GSK inhibitors and integrininhibitors, antibiotics or antifungals, both as inhalation dissolved insemifluorinated alkanes or other liquids, or systemically can be givento combat an inflammation or any superinfection with bacteria and fungiwhich require additional antibacterial and/or antifungal medications canbe administered both systemically or by inhalation dissolved insemifluorinated alkanes or other liquids as needed.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses, suchas influenza, parainfluenza, SAR or coronaviruses, COVID-2 or COVID-19,etc., EBV, Herpes virus, etc., or bacterial infections, etc. where theanti-viral medication such as Lopinavir, or linebacker and equivir,unifenovir and a vaccine, such as encapsulated mRNA 1273, COVI-19S-Timer, or ASRS-cov-2 viral-like particles (VLP) or Li-key vaccine etc.with a Rock inhibitor, Wnt inhibitor, GSK inhibitor, or integrininhibitor or IL-1 dissolved in a liquid semifluorinated alkane or otherliquids with other medications or as polymeric slow releasenanoparticles applied as a spray or evaporative solution or inevaporative aerosolized drops that travel through the nasal mucosa toreach the lung alveoli while on the way attaching to the mucosal,epithelial, or endothelial cells or nose, pharynx, larynx, epiglottis,trachea, bronchi and lung alveoli where the semifluorinated alkanerapidly evaporates leaving the medication(s) or slow releasenanoparticles on the surface of these organs after one or more times ofinhalation as needed.

In one embodiment, a vaccine is administered to a patient every 3-6months to prevent re-infection by a coronavirus that causes COVID-19.

In one embodiment, the described medication can be supported by oraladministration of flavonoid compound found in the vegetable, fruits orcoco, sulforaphane, vitamin D and high doses of vitamin C. or quercetinetc.

Example 9

The patient was a 60 year old female patient with no history of heartdisease, and had a running nose and cough of 2 days duration, fever andchills, and a productive cough. The patient was somewhat weak and hadloss of appetite and sense of the smell recently, no history of heartdisease or smoking. Her EKG was normal, the COVID-19 culture becamepositive and she was treated with a combination of remdesivir, a Wntinhibitor, and a protease inhibitor dissolved in a semifluorinatedalkane or other liquids used for inhalation 4 times along withsupportive therapy for 3 weeks through which she gradually recovered.

In one embodiment, in early coronavirus infection, it is treated with acombination of an antiviral medication such as Remdesivir, oseltamivirribavirin at non-toxic concentrations or Rock inhibitor or Wntinhibitor, or GSK inhibitor or integrin inhibitor at non-toxicconcentrations in a liquid of semifluorinated alkanes or other liquidswhich does not cause irritation, sprayed in the nose or through themouth or nebulized for deep breathing through the mouth 1-10 times ormore as needed.

Example 10

A 50 year-old man felt that he might have come in contact with someonewho had been sneezing in the bus on his was to home 3 days ago. Hecomplained of cold-like symptoms, but had a significant elevatedtemperature of 101 degrees F. and muscle weakness, sore throat, somecoughing, the chest x-ray showed normal lung image with no difficulty inbreathing. His COVID-19 virus test became positive. He was treated witha combination of fasudil, a Rock inhibitor and oseltamivir (Tamiflu) ina semifluorinated alkane for inhalation 4 times daily dissolved insemifluorinated alkane or other liquids and oral Tylenol, and babyaspirin 2-3 times daily as needed, his symptoms improved graduallywithin 3 days while he was on therapy and followed for 5 weeks when thesymptoms completely recovered and he returned to work.

In one embodiment, in early coronavirus infection without history ofhypertension or known cardiac disease, QTC prolongation or failure,stent or infarct, it is treated with a combination of an antiviralmedication such as Remdesivir, tamivir, ribavirin at non-toxicconcentrations and/or Rock inhibitor or Wnt inhibitor, or GSK inhibitoror integrin inhibitor, or in combinations, at non-toxic lowconcentration of Hydroxychloroquine/chloroquine which has shown someefficacy against viruses such as HIV, Zika virus, even SARS-CoV, by oraladministration high doses of 400 mg to 600 mg with the side effect ofheart and kidney disease, but low concentrations of 6 mg or less wereused in a liquid semifluorinated alkane which does not cause irritation,sprayed in the nose, or through the mouth, or nebulized for inhalation,deep breathing through the mouth 1-4 times or more as needed to blockintracellular penetration of the virus. Of note is that previously highoral doses of 600 mg Hydroxychloroquine/chloroquine had been givenorally and not by inhalation at 1/100 of the oral dose. The oral dailyadministration can have serious systemic complications.

In one embodiment, antivirals alone or combined with proteaseinhibitors, or with convalescent plasma, antibody against COVID-19,Baricitinib, etc. can be administered when dissolved in semifluorinatedalkanes or other liquids which does not cause irritation, sprayed in thenose or through the mouth or nebulized for inhalation, with C-Puff fordeep breathing through the mouth 1-4 times daily or as slow releasepolymeric nanoparticles once for prophylactic viral upper respiratorytract prior to the start of the infection or in situations that onesuspects that he or she might come or have come in contact with a personcarrying viral diseases wherein the antiviral can be chosen depending onthe expectation of specific viruses and the treatment can continue for aperiod of time until the danger passes, e.g., in traveling by plane tocertain areas with reported cases.

Example 11

A 44 year-old male executive had to travel to Italy by plane to an areawhich was considered a hot zone for coronavirus. The person was notcomplaining or having any symptoms of COVID-19, his blood pressure wasnormal, no fever or running nose, etc. His temperature was 97 degrees F.and his examination was otherwise normal. He was advised of the optionof doing nothing or not traveling or treating himself prophylacticallywith daily application of combination therapy with oseltamivir (Tamiflu)and Baricitinib, and a GSK inhibitor, and COVID-19 S-Timer intra-nasallyfollowed with deep breathing 3-4 times daily in a semifluorinated alkanefor 3 days until he returned, he was then examined for signs of COVID-19disease. He felt that the medication was well tolerated and no sideeffects were produced, his repeat examination showed he was normal withno fever, cough, or running nose, etc.

In one embodiment, a method of drug delivery described for treatment ofrespiratory tract inflammatory diseases caused by various viruses,bacteria, etc. or chronic smoking or exposure to toxic aerosolizednanoparticles and air pollution or asthma and allergens and pathogens,where the inflammation or its consequences are treated with aninflammatory cell pathway inhibitor to block the inflammatory responseof the tissue while it does not inhibit an immune response, such as aRock inhibitor, Wnt inhibitor, GSK inhibitor, or integrin inhibitorsIL-1 and IL-6 inhibitors dissolved in liquid semifluorinated alkanes orother liquids as the drug, or in polymeric slow release nanoparticlesapplied locally as a spray or evaporative solution or in evaporativeaerosolized drops that travels through the nasal cavity or mouth toreach the lung alveoli and while on the way attaching to the mucosa,epithelial or endothelial cells of the mouth, nose throat, pharynx,larynx, epiglottis, trachea, bronchi and lung alveoli where thesemifluorinated alkanes which is non-toxic or causes irritation to thetissue, rapidly evaporates leaving the medication(s) or slow releasenanoparticles, such as polymeric lactic, glycolic acid, or incombination, or porous silicon or polycaprolactone, etc. as known in theart on the surface of these tissues, releasing the medications over atime of daily inhalation, daily for one week to 3 weeks, then therelease of the medication from the nanoparticles continues for months oryears to inhibit chronic inflammatory lung diseases.

In one embodiment, the disease process affects many other organs andcreates an inflammatory response that can damage these organs, such asin bacterial or viral infections or immune or autoimmune response,chronic inflammation of the prostate, gastro-intestinal tract, joints,one applies a similar strategy for treatment combining anti-bacterialand antiviral with Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, GSK inhibitors, andintegrin inhibitors, IL-6 inhibitors, in a known non-toxic doseadministered locally, systematically, or orally either withsemifluorinated alkane or the standard way in a physiological solution,or in the form of polymeric functionalized nanoparticles for slowrelease of the medication.

In one embodiment, the patient having a cytokine storm as a result of aviral infection and body's cellular immune/humoral response receivingthe inventive therapy, undergoes plasmapheresis to remove, e.g., suchcytokines, enzymes, dead cells, etc. from the circulation.Plasmapheresis is a known method to remove unwanted toxic componentsfrom blood plasma. Because the patient's plasma is treatedextracorporeal, then reinfused, in contrast to reinfusing only cellularcomponents of the patient's blood, plasmapheresis also beneficiallydetoxifies the patient's plasma without compromising blood volume andwith minimal or no fluid loss. This technique avoids the seriouscomplications and side effects of simply returning the cellularcomponents of the blood to the patient. Additionally, all precautionsare observed to avoid hypotension and loss of calcium ions in theprocess of citrate anticoagulation that this procedure requires. Thepatient can be treated initially with presently available anticoagulantssuch as heparin, or low molecular weight heparin, coumadin, etc., whichcan be immediately neutralized post-procedure. Neutralization usesstandard techniques known in the art, such as calcium, etc.Hemofiltration treatment is performed with activated carbon, treatmenton non-ionic exchange resins, etc. for removing free toxins and alsotoxin bound with plasma proteins, etc. as in renal dialysis methods. Theprocess may be instituted or repeated as needed. The addition of Rockinhibitors or Wnt inhibitors, GSK inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, IL-1inhibitors, or IL-6 inhibitors along with other therapeutic agents, suchas disulfiram, anakinra, or macrolide immune suppressants such ascyclosporine, mycophenolic acid, Ascomycin Immunomycin, FR-900520,FK520, is an ethyl analog of tacrolimus (FK506) which can beadministered systemically or for inhalation dissolved in semifluorinatedalkanes or other liquids can reduce the overt inflammatory response seenin immune therapy or an autoimmune disease. In some cases with kidneyinvolvement or its protection, kidney dialysis, hemodialysis and orserum electrophoresis is done to remove unwanted toxins and creatinine,etc.

Any of the features, attributes, or steps of the above describedembodiments and variations can be used in combination with any of theother features, attributes, and steps of the above described embodimentsand variations as desired.

Although the invention has been shown and described with respect to acertain embodiment or embodiments, it is apparent that this inventioncan be embodied in many different forms and that many othermodifications and variations are possible without departing from thespirit and scope of this invention.

Moreover, while exemplary embodiments have been described herein, one ofordinary skill in the art will readily appreciate that the exemplaryembodiments set forth above are merely illustrative in nature and shouldnot be construed as to limit the claims in any manner. Rather, the scopeof the invention is defined only by the appended claims and theirequivalents, and not, by the preceding description.

The invention claimed is:
 1. A method of treating, reducing, oralleviating a medical condition in a patient, the method comprising:administering to a patient in need thereof a biocompatible drugcomprising one or more antiviral medications together with one or morecell pathway inhibitors dissolved in a non-toxic semifluorinated alkane,the patient having one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases,the one or more cell pathway inhibitors blocking an inflammatoryresponse of inflamed tissue without inhibiting an immune response of thepatient, and the semifluorinated alkane evaporating quickly uponadministration to the patient so as to leave the biocompatible drug at adesired treatment location; wherein the administration of thebiocompatible drug to the patient treats the one or more respiratorytract inflammatory diseases, reduces the symptoms associated with theone or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, and/or alleviatesone or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases.
 2. The methodaccording to claim 1, wherein the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases are selected from the group consisting ofinfluenza, parainfluenza, severe acute respiratory syndrome, acoronavirus disease, an Epstein-bar virus disease, a herpes virusdisease, a bacterial infection, and combinations thereof.
 3. The methodaccording to claim 1, wherein the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases comprise a coronavirus disease, the coronavirusdisease selected from the group consisting of COVID-2, COVID-19, andcombinations thereof.
 4. The method according to claim 1, wherein thebiocompatible drug further comprises nanoparticles or microparticlesused as a carrier of the biocompatible drug; and wherein thebiocompatible drug with the semifluorinated alkane and the nanoparticlesor microparticles is administered by inhalation to the patient to treatone or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases.
 5. The methodaccording to claim 4, wherein the nanoparticle or microparticle carrierscomprise slow release polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles; andwherein the semifluorinated alkane is used to transport thebiocompatible drug with the slow release polymeric nanoparticles ormicroparticles.
 6. The method according to claim 1, wherein the one ormore antiviral medications are selected from the group consisting ofamantadine, Lopinavir, linebacker and equivir, Arbidol, a nanoviricide,remdesivir, oseltamivir ribavirin, and combinations thereof.
 7. Themethod according to claim 1, wherein the one or more cell pathwayinhibitors are selected from the group consisting of Rock inhibitors,Wnt inhibitors, glycogen synthesis kinase 3 (GSK-3) inhibitors, integrininhibitors, IL-1 inhibitors, IL-6 inhibitors, and combinations thereof.8. The method according to claim 1, wherein the biocompatible drugfurther comprises one or more protease inhibitors in combination withthe one or more antiviral medications and the one or more cell pathwayinhibitors.
 9. The method according to claim 1, wherein the methodfurther comprises the step of: after treatment with the biocompatibledrug, removing cytokines, enzymes, dead cells, from the circulation ofthe patient by plasmapheresis so to prevent a cytokine storm.
 10. Themethod according to claim 1, wherein the biocompatible drug isadministered to the patient by inhalation, orally, intravenously, orcombinations thereof.
 11. A method of treating, reducing, or alleviatinga medical condition in a patient, the method comprising: administeringto a patient in need thereof a biocompatible drug comprising one or moreantiviral medications together with one or more cell pathway inhibitorsdissolved in a non-toxic aerosolized compound and/or conjugated withslow release polymeric nanoparticles or microparticles, the patienthaving one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases, the one ormore antiviral medications preventing an attachment of viruses to cellwalls, blocking a penetration of the viruses into cells, and/orinhibiting virus replication by damaging nucleic acids of the viruses,and the one or more cell pathway inhibitors blocking an inflammatoryresponse of inflamed tissue without inhibiting an immune response of thepatient; wherein the administration of the biocompatible drug to thepatient treats the one or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases,reduces the symptoms associated with the one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases, and/or alleviates one or more respiratory tractinflammatory diseases.
 12. The method according to claim 11, wherein theone or more respiratory tract inflammatory diseases are selected fromthe group consisting of influenza, parainfluenza, severe acuterespiratory syndrome, a coronavirus disease, an Epstein-bar virusdisease, a herpes virus disease, a bacterial infection, and combinationsthereof.
 13. The method according to claim 11, wherein the one or morerespiratory tract inflammatory diseases comprise a coronavirus disease,the coronavirus disease selected from the group consisting of COVID-2,COVID-19, and combinations thereof.
 14. The method according to claim11, wherein the one or more cell pathway inhibitors are selected fromthe group consisting of Rock inhibitors, Wnt inhibitors, glycogensynthesis kinase 3 (GSK-3) inhibitors, integrin inhibitors, IL-1inhibitors, IL-6 inhibitors, and combinations thereof.
 15. The methodaccording to claim 11, wherein the biocompatible drug further comprisesone or more protease inhibitors in combination with the one or moreantiviral medications and the one or more cell pathway inhibitors. 16.The method according to claim 11, wherein the one or more antiviralmedications are selected from the group consisting of amantadine,azidothymidine, aciclovir, ganciclovir, vidarabine, and combinationsthereof.
 17. The method according to claim 11, wherein the methodfurther comprises the step of: administering one or moreimmunosuppressants and at least one of heparin, low molecular weightheparin, and Coumadin to prevent an overactive immune response and bloodclot formation so as to prevent vascular infarct, the one or moreimmunosuppressants being selected from the group consisting of amacrolide, cyclosporine, mycophenolic acid, and combinations thereof.18. The method according to claim 11, wherein, after treatment with thebiocompatible drug, the method further comprises the steps of: removingcytokines, enzymes, dead cells, from the circulation of the patient byplasmapheresis and kidney dialysis so to prevent a cytokine storm;and/or delivery of oxygen to the patient by extracorporeal membraneoxygenation when the blood oxygenation level of the patient is low.